Commit Graph

87332 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Lorenzo Bianconi
0e6a29e477 mt76: mt7615: add support to read temperature from mcu
Introduce debugfs entry to read device temperature and related cmu
command. Introduce mt7615_mcu_parse_response to parse mcu response
messages and refactor mt7615_mcu_msg_send routine

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:15 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
373a9a13ba mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_txwi_to_txp utility routine
Introduce mt7615_txwi_to_txp utility routine to convert mt76_txwi_cache
into mt7615_txp and remove duplicated code

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:14 +02:00
YueHaibing
4c49c09947 mt76: mt7603: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:13 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
0c168e1084 mt76: mt76x0: remove unneeded return value on set channel
We allways return 0 from mt76x0_phy_set_channel(), no need to pass
return value upward.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:12 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
187617c55c mt76: mt76x0: remove redundant chandef copy
We set dev->mt76.chandef in mt76_set_channel() already.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:11 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
ef836a71ae mt76: make mt76_rx_convert static
mt76_rx_convert() not need to be exported any longer.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 18:14:10 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
04824da920 mt76: remove offchannel check in tx scheduling
tx queues are already disabled by mac80211 during scanning or other
off-channel activity. There is no need to repeat the check in mt76,
since scheduled queues are selected by mac80211 as well.

Signed-off-by: Balakrishna Bandi <b.balakrishna@globaledgesoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
e3ca8fa0ca mt76: do not send BAR frame on tx aggregation flush stop
There is no need to send a BAR frame after stopping aggregation, and doing
so could lead to sending class 3 frames after deauthentication from an AP

Signed-off-by: Balakrishna Bandi <b.balakrishna@globaledgesoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
58bab0d42f mt76: stop rx aggregation on station removal
Fixes use-after-free issues on forced station removal during hardware restart
on MT76x02

Fixes: aee5b8cf24 ("mt76: implement A-MPDU rx reordering in the driver code")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5a90107d79 mt76: dma: reset q->rx_head on rx reset
Fixes rx of the first frame if a fragmented rx was interrupted by the reset

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
55bbbefd84 mt76: mt7615: apply calibration-free data from OTP
MT7615 chips usually come pre-calibrated, even when used on embedded boards.
In that case, the on-flash EEPROM data needs to be merged with some data
from OTP ROM.
Run this merge if the external EEPROM data is valid and OTP has valid fields.

Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
8b8ab5c235 mt76: add default implementation for mt76_sw_scan/mt76_sw_scan_complete
Introduce a default implementation for mt76_sw_scan and
mt76_sw_scan_complete in mt76 module and remove duplicated code
since most of the drivers share the same implementation

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Ryder Lee
13381dcdb3 mt76: fix some checkpatch warnings
This fixes the following checkpatch warnings:
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
01cfc1b454 mt76: mt7615: add BIP_CMAC_128 cipher support
Refactor mt7615_mac_wtbl_set_key and introduce
the following routines in order to configure wtbl entries
and properly add hw support to BIP_CMAC_128 cipher:
- mt7615_mac_wtbl_update_cipher
- mt7615_mac_wtbl_update_pk
- mt7615_mac_wtbl_update_key

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:32 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
7f7d19c3bc mt76: mt7603: remove unnecessary mcu queue initialization
Remove unnecessary mcu queue initialization in mt7603_dma_init since it
has been already done in mt76_mmio_init

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
c325c9c779 mt76: move mt76_tx_tasklet in mt76 module
Move mt76{15,03}_tx_tasklet in mt76_alloc_device in order to be used as
default tx_tasklet initialization. Remove duplicated code in
mt7603/mt7615 drivers

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
863c15a14e mt76: mt7615: enable survey support
Introduce channel survey support for mt7615 driver

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
fc98e670ad mt76: mt7603: move survey_time in mt76_dev
Move survey_time field in mt76_dev in order to be reused adding survey
support to mt7615 driver

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
168aea24f4 mt76: mt76x02u: enable survey support
Introduce channel survey support for mt76x2u and mt76x0u drivers

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
f110d1d51d mt76: mt76x02u: enable multi-vif support
Enable multi-interface support for mt76x02u driver. For the moment
allow max two concurrent interfaces in order to preserve enough room
for ps traffic since we are using beacon slots for it.
I have successfully tested the following configuration:
- AP + STA
- AP0 + AP1

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
d5160d867f mt76: mt76x02: do not copy beacon skb in mt76x02_mac_set_beacon_enable
Do not copy beacon skb in mt76x02_mac_set_beacon_enable for usb devices
since it will be done in mt76x02_update_beacon_iter. Moreover squash
mt76x02_mac_set_beacon_enable and __mt76x02_mac_set_beacon_enable since
the latter is run just by mt76x02_mac_set_beacon_enable

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
1920a0cc03 mt76: mt76x02: introduce mt76x02_pre_tbtt_enable and mt76x02_beacon_enable macros
Improve code readability introducing mt76x02_pre_tbtt_enable and
mt76x02_beacon_enable utility macros

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
49de79ad9a mt76: mt7615: add Smart Carrier Sense support
Introduce Smart Carrier Sense support in order to tune device
sensitivity according to RTS error rate and False CCA reported by the
radio

Tested-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
7fe9654152 mt76: mt7615: rework locking scheme for mt7615_set_channel
As already done for mt7603 driver, move mt76.mutex lock inside
mt7615_set_channel since we need to grab mt76.mutex in mt7615_mac_work.
This is a preliminary patch to add Smart Carrier Sense (SCS) support

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Ryder Lee
0e3d677750 mt76: switch to SPDX tag instead of verbose boilerplate text
No functional change intended.

Add SPDX identifiers to all remaining files in /mt76.

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Ryder Lee
ff97c52a3a mt76: mt76x02: fix some checkpatch warnings
This fixes the following checkpatch warnings:

ERROR: code indent should use tabs where possible
CHECK: Alignment should match open parenthesis
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast
CHECK: Please don't use multiple blank lines
CHECK: Avoid precedence issues in macro
WARNING: Statements should start on a tabstop
WARNING: Unnecessary space before function pointer arguments

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Ryder Lee
0dacf9d3ab mt76: mt7615: fix some checkpatch warnings
This fixes the following checkpatch warnings:

WARNING: Improper SPDX comment style
Fix blank lines.

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:31 +02:00
Ryder Lee
7f17b86a04 mt76: mt7603: fix some checkpatch warnings
This fixes the following checkpatch warnings:

WARNING: Improper SPDX comment style
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Ryder Lee
06413abe55 mt76: Add paragraphs to describe the config symbols fully
Update the help text to fix a checkpatch warning:

WARNING: please write a paragraph that describes the config symbol fully

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Ryder Lee
4f8a4f17fb mt76: mt7615: update cw_min/max related settings
Add default values of cw_min/max and use fls() for configuration.

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Ryder Lee
49f1132cdb mt76: mt7615: add 4 WMM sets support
Hardware supports 4 sets of WMM that should be put to good use.
And fix incorrect queue mapping in mt7615_conf_tx().

Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
5e814e71a2 mt76: mt7603: fix watchdog rescheduling in mt7603_set_channel
Convert MT7603_WATCHDOG_TIME in jiffies rescheduling watchdog delayed
work

Fixes: c8846e1015 ("mt76: add driver for MT7603E and MT7628/7688")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
457d19c71a mt76: mt7615: fix MT7615_WATCHDOG_TIME definition
Express watchdog timeout in jiffies since it is used directly in
ieee80211_queue_delayed_work

Fixes: 04b8e65922 ("mt76: add mac80211 driver for MT7615 PCIe-based chipsets")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
35e4ebeaac mt76: introduce mt76_mmio_read_copy routine
Add mt76_mmio_read_copy routine and the related function pointer in
mt76_bus_ops data structure. mt76_mmio_read_copy will be used to add
BIP_CMAC_128 cipher hw support to mt7615 driver

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
27b8a900b2 mt76: mt7615: add set_key_cmd and mt76_wcid to mt7615_mac_wtbl_set_key signature
Introduce set_key_cmd and mt76_wcid pointer to mt7615_mac_wtbl_set_key
signature and do not set key to NULL if cmd is DISABLE_KEY.
This is a preliminary patch to add BIP_CMAC_128 hw support to mt7615
driver

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
093733ca53 mt76: mt7615: remove wtbl_sec_key definition
Get rid of wtbl_sec_key definition since it is no longer used

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
45db4400e5 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mac_wtbl_set_key routine
Add mt7615_mac_wtbl_set_key routine to configure wtbl key parameter
directly from host cpu. This is a preliminary patch to add BIP_CMAC_128
hw support. Moreover add static qualifier to mt7615_mac_get_key_info
routine

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
3d687a7fcb mt76: mt7615: add mt7615_mac_wtbl_addr routine
Introduce mt7615_mac_wtbl_addr rouinte to compute sta wtbl address.
This is a preliminary patch to update wtbl key directly from host
processor

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
92671eb95c mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mac_get_key_info in mac.c
This is a preliminary patch to update wtbl key directly from host
processor

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
880495e2f0 mt76: mt7615: add missing register initialization
- initialize CCA signal source
- initialize clock for band 1 (7615D)
- initialize BAR rate

Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:30 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
27c7bfc5f0 mt76: mt76x0u: add support to TP-Link T2UHP
Introduce support to TP-Link T2UHP
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/TP-LINK_Archer_T2UHP

Tested-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
3d1e5cddae mt76: mt7615: use params->ssn value directly
There is no point to use pointer to params->ssn.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
f8f3b20a9a mt76: mt7603: use params->ssn value directly
There is no point to use pointer to params->ssn.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
5eedd2a5c9 mt76: mt76x02: use params->ssn value directly
There is no point to use pointer to params->ssn.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
8f72e98e9c mt76: usb: remove unneeded {put,get}_unaligned
Compiler give us guarantees on variables alignment, so use
an variable as buffer when read/write registers and remove
unneeded {put,get}_unaligned.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
b229bf7d30 mt76: usb: fix endian in mt76u_copy
In contrast to mt76_wr() which we use to program registers,
on mt76_wr_copy() we should not change endian of the data.

Fixes: b40b15e152 ("mt76: add usb support to mt76 layer")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
820e4da174 mt76: mt7603: fix invalid fallback rates
Only decrement the rate index on duplicate rates if it is not already 0

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
f4635f66da mt76: mt7615: fix invalid fallback rates
Only decrement the rate index on duplicate rates if it is not already 0

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
1f5581dffe mt76: mt7615: fix PS buffering of action frames
Bufferable management frames need to be put in the data queue, otherwise
they will not be buffered when the receiver is asleep.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3eb514dd45 mt76: mt7615: fix using VHT STBC rates
The hardware expects MT_TX_RATE_NSS to be filled with the number of
space/time streams. For non-STBC rates, this is equal to nss.
For 1-stream STBC, this needs to be set to 2.
This is relevant for VHT rates only, on HT, the value is derived from MCS
internally.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
cf21105198 mt76: mt76u: fix typo in mt76u_fill_rx_sg
Fix typo setting urb->transfer_buffer_length in mt76u_fill_rx_sg

Fixes: b40b15e152 ("mt76: add usb support to mt76 layer")
Fixes: f8f527b16d ("mt76: usb: use EP max packet aligned buffer sizes for rx")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4af81f02b4 mt76: mt7615: sync with mt7603 rate control changes
- Store the previous and current rate set in the driver + the TSF value
  at the time of the switch.
- Use the tx status TSF value to determine which rate set needs to be used
  as reference.
- Report only short or long GI rates for a single status event, not a mix.
- The hardware reports the last used rate index. Use it along with the
  retry count to figure out what rate was used for the first attempt.
- Use the same retry count value for all rate slots to make this calculation
  work.
- Derive the probe rate from the current rateset instead of the skb cb
- Do not wait for a status report for the probe frame before removing the
  probe rate from the rate table. Do it immediately after it was referenced
  in a tx status report.
- Use the first half of the first rate retry budget for the probe rate
  in order to avoid using too many retries on that rate
- Switch from lower rates to higher rates more conservatively
- enable hardware rate up/down selection

Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:29 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5f3413fc5e mt76: mt7615: reset rate index/counters on rate table update
These values must be initialized to zero, otherwise the hardware could
reuse previous values, especially the rate index

Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
592ed85d6b mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mcu_set_rates to mac.c
It bypasses the MCU, so it does not belong in mcu.c
Also make mt7615_mac_tx_rate_val static

Reviewed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3815ab3f49 mt76: mt7603: enable hardware rate up/down selection
Improves performance by switching away from bad rates faster

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
6c6a3fe6f9 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_send_ram_firmware routine
Add mt7615_mcu_send_ram_firmware routine since mt7615_load_ram runs the
same code to send ram firmware to cr4 and n9 mcus. Moreover rename
gen_dl_mode in mt7615_mcu_gen_dl_mode.
This patch does not introduce any behaviour change, it is just code
refactor.

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
2fc446487c mt76: mt7615: always release sem in mt7615_load_patch
Release patch semaphore even if request_firmware fails in
mt7615_load_patch

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
4a926e3022 mt76: mt7615: fall back to sw encryption for unsupported ciphers
Fix following warning falling back to sw encryption for unsupported
ciphers

WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1495 at backports-4.19.32-1/net/mac80211/key.c:1023
mt76_wcid_key_setup+0x68/0xbc [mt76]
CPU: 2 PID: 1495 Comm: hostapd Not tainted 4.14.131 #0
Stack : 00000000 8f0f8bc0 00000000 8007ccec 805f0000 8058ec18 00000000 00000000
	80559788 8dca79bc 8fefb10c 805c89c7 805545c8 00000001 8dca7960 53261662
	00000000 00000000 80640000 00004668 00000000 000000e9 00000007 00000000
	00000000 805d0000 00072537 00000000 80000000 00000000 805f0000 8f1e70d0
	8e8fa098 000003ff 805c0000 8f0f8bc0 00000001 802d4340 00000008 80630008
[<800108d0>] show_stack+0x58/0x100
[<8049214c>] dump_stack+0x9c/0xe0
[<80033998>] __warn+0xe0/0x138
[<80033a80>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1c/0x2c
[<8e8fa098>] mt76_wcid_key_setup+0x68/0xbc [mt76]
[<8e889930>] mt7615_eeprom_init+0x7c0/0xe14 [mt7615e]

Suggested-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@newmedia-net.de>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5abe8baf10 mt76: mt7615: clean up FWDL TXQ during/after firmware upload
Since we don't clean that tx queue from the tx tasklet, we need to do it
after the firmware upload is done. This patch also adds a cleanup step during
the upload, to help reclaim memory faster.

Fixes unprocessed queued frames eating up memory  long after the firmware
upload has already completed

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
70911d9638 mt76: mt7615: add radar pattern test knob to debugfs
Introduce mt7615_mcu_rdd_send_pattern routine to trigger a radar pattern
detection. Moreover move debugfs related routines in a dedicated source
file.

Suggested-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
5ec87dc8c3 mt76: mt7615: add csa support
Add Channel Switch Announcement support to mt7615 driver updating beacon
template with CSA IE received from mac80211

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
02fc62e374 mt76: mt7615: do not perform txcalibration before cac is complited
Delay channel calibration after Channel Availability Check. Add some
code cleanup to mt7615_mcu_set_channel

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
d67a66469f mt76: mt7615: add hw dfs pattern detector support
Add hw radar detection support to mt7615 driver in order to
unlock dfs channels on 5GHz band

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
3ea8370537 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_regd_notifier
Introduce mt7615_regd_notifier callback. This is a preliminary patch to
add radar detection support to mt7615 driver

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
132d8da5bd mt76: mt7615: fix sparse warnings: warning: restricted __le16 degrades to integer
Fix the following sparse warning in __mt7615_mcu_msg_send:
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/mcu.c:78:15: sparse: warning:
restricted __le16 degrades to integer
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt7615/mcu.c:78:15: sparse: warning:
cast from restricted __le16

Fixes: 04b8e65922 ("mt76: add mac80211 driver for MT7615 PCIe-based chipsets")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
850e8f6fbd mt76: round up length on mt76_wr_copy
When beacon length is not a multiple of 4, the beacon could be sent with
the last 1-3 bytes corrupted. The skb data is guaranteed to have enough
room for reading beyond the end, because it is always followed by
skb_shared_info, so rounding up is safe.
All other callers of mt76_wr_copy have multiple-of-4 length already.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-05 17:42:27 +02:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
5c875c1af8 ice: Rework around device/function capabilities
ice_parse_caps is printing capabilities in a different way when
compared to the variable names. This makes it difficult to search for
the right strings in the debug logs. So this patch updates the
print strings to be exactly the same as the fields' name in the
structure.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
dd47e1fd86 ice: change default number of receive descriptors
The driver should start out with a reasonable number of descriptors that
can prevent drops due to a CPU being in a power management state.
Change the default number of descriptors to 2048.
The user can always change the value at runtime.  Transmit descriptor
counts are not modified because they don't need to change due to the
speed of the interface, or for power managed CPUs, but the code is
simplified to a fixed value for the transmit default.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
8c243700ab ice: Minor refactor in queue management
Remove q_left_tx and q_left_rx from the PF struct as these can be
obtained by calling ice_get_avail_txq_count and ice_get_avail_rxq_count
respectively.

The function ice_determine_q_usage is only setting num_lan_tx and
num_lan_rx in the PF structure, and these are later assigned to
vsi->alloc_txq and vsi->alloc_rxq respectively. This is an unnecessary
indirection, so remove ice_determine_q_usage and just assign values
for vsi->alloc_txq and vsi->alloc_rxq in ice_vsi_set_num_qs and use
these to set num_lan_tx and num_lan_rx respectively.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Dave Ertman
ea300f41bb ice: Allow for delayed LLDP MIB change registration
Add an additional boolean parameter to the ice_init_dcb
function.  This boolean controls if the LLDP MIB change
events are registered for.  Also, add a new function
defined ice_cfg_lldp_mib_change.  The additional function
is necessary to be able to register for LLDP MIB change
events after calling ice_init_dcb.  The net effect of these
two changes is to allow a delayed registration for MIB change
events so that the driver is not accepting events before it
is ready for them.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Ashish Shah
201beeb715 ice: update Tx context struct
Add internal usage flag, bit 91 as described in spec.
Update width of internal queue state to 122 also as described in spec.

Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
dfc6240012 ice: Report VF link status with opcode to get resources
This patch changes how and when the driver report link status, instead of
waiting till the call to enable queues for VF, we should report link
status earlier with opcode to get VF resources - So as to avoid reporting
erroneous information, especially when queues have not been configured.
In addition, we can also make a call to get and report link status change
after when queue is enabled, at least to report netdev or PHY link status.
This is in accordance to how link speed is being reported for PF...

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
80739b57b1 ice: Check for DCB capability before initializing DCB
Check the ICE_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE before calling ice_init_pf_dcb.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Lukasz Czapnik
c61d234234 ice: report link down for VF when PF's queues are not enabled
This is port of a fix from i40e commit 2ad1274fa3 ("i40e: don't
report link up for a VF who hasn't enabled queues")

Older VF drivers do not respond well to receiving a link
up notification before queues are enabled. This can cause their state
machine to think that it is safe to send traffic. This results in a Tx
hang on the VF.

Record whether the PF has actually enabled queues for the VF. When
reporting link status, always report link down if the queues aren't
enabled. In this way, the VF driver will never receive a link up
notification until after its queues are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czapnik <lukasz.czapnik@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:41 -07:00
Mitch Williams
29d42f1f3a ice: Reliably reset VFs
When a PFR (or bigger reset) occurs, the device clears the VF_MBX_ARQLEN
register for all VFs. But if a VFR is triggered by a VF, the device does
NOT clear this register, and the VF driver will never see the reset.

When this happens, the VF driver will eventually timeout and attempt
recovery, and usually it will be successful. But this makes resets take
a long time and there are occasional failures.

We cannot just blithely clear this register on every reset; this has
been shown to cause synchronization problems when a PFR is triggered
with a large number of VFs.

Fix this by clearing VF_MBX_ARQLEN when the reset source is not PFR.
GlobR will trigger PFR, so this test catches that occurrence as well.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
9d56b7fd6a ice: change work limit to a constant
The driver has supported a transmit work limit
that was configurable from ethtool for a long time, but
there are no good use cases for having it be a variable
that can be changed at run time.  In addition, this
variable was noted to be causing performance overhead
due to cache misses.

Just remove the variable and let the code use a constant
so that the functionality is maintained (a limit on the
number of transmits that will be cleaned in any one call
to the clean routines) without the cache miss.

Removes code, removes a variable, removes testing surface. Yay.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
d27525ec1f ice: small efficiency fixes
Add a small bit of efficiency to the code by adding a
prefetch of the port_info structure in order to help
avoid a cache miss a little later on in execution.

Also add an unlikely statement to a branch which
generally will never happen in normal operation.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
6503b65930 ice: move code closer together
This is a simple patch to move the assignment to a local variable
closer to the site where the local variable is used.  This
can help readability and also maybe performance, although the
performance enhancement is really dependent upon the compiler.

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
2fb0821fd5 ice: clean up arguments
There are a couple of functions that don't need two arguments
passed in when the second argument already had access to
the pointer pointed to by the first.

Remove the unnecessary arguments.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
ade78c2ec1 ice: Check root pointer for validity
ice_sched_get_tc_node uses pi->root without checking for NULL. Add a
check to prevent NULL pointer dereference.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
208ff75135 ice: Add ice_get_main_vsi to get PF/main VSI
There are multiple places where we currently use ice_find_vsi_by_type
to get the PF (a.k.a. main) VSI. The PF VSI by definition is always
the first element in the pf->vsi array (i.e. pf->vsi[0]). So instead
add and use a new helper function ice_get_main_vsi, which just returns
pf->vsi[0].

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Brett Creeley
34cdcb165b ice: Update fields in ice_vsi_set_num_qs when reconfiguring
Currently when vsi->req_txqs or vsi->req_rxqs are set we don't
correctly set the number of vsi->num_q_vectors. Fix this by
setting the number of queue vectors based on the max
between the vsi->alloc_txqs and vsi->alloc_rxqs.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-05 08:13:40 -07:00
Kevin Laatz
7cbbf9f1fa ixgbe: fix xdp handle calculations
Currently, we don't add headroom to the handle in ixgbe_zca_free,
ixgbe_alloc_buffer_slow_zc and ixgbe_alloc_buffer_zc. The addition of the
headroom to the handle was removed in
commit d8c3061e5e ("ixgbe: modify driver for handling offsets"), which
will break things when headroom isvnon-zero. This patch fixes this and uses
xsk_umem_adjust_offset to add it appropritely based on the mode being run.

Fixes: d8c3061e5e ("ixgbe: modify driver for handling offsets")
Reported-by: Bjorn Topel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-09-05 13:53:43 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
4c5d9a7fa1 i40e: fix xdp handle calculations
Currently, we don't add headroom to the handle in i40e_zca_free,
i40e_alloc_buffer_slow_zc and i40e_alloc_buffer_zc. The addition of the
headroom to the handle was removed in
commit 2f86c806a8 ("i40e: modify driver for handling offsets"), which
will break things when headroom is non-zero. This patch fixes this and uses
xsk_umem_adjust_offset to add it appropritely based on the mode being run.

Fixes: 2f86c806a8 ("i40e: modify driver for handling offsets")
Reported-by: Bjorn Topel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-09-05 13:53:02 +02:00
Hayes Wang
0e5b36bc4c r8152: adjust the settings of ups flags
The UPS feature only works for runtime suspend, so UPS flags only
need to be set before enabling runtime suspend. Therefore, I create
a struct to record relative information, and use it before runtime
suspend.

All chips could record such information, even though not all of
them support the feature of UPS. Then, some functions could be
combined.

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:41:11 +02:00
Krzysztof Wilczynski
5e5d8bc4a0 net: hns: Move static keyword to the front of declaration
Move the static keyword to the front of declaration of g_dsaf_mode_match,
and resolve the following compiler warning that can be seen when building
with warnings enabled (W=1):

drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:27:1: warning:
  ‘static’ is not at beginning of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]

Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <kw@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:38:42 +02:00
Krzysztof Wilczynski
ee4c3deac7 net: qed: Move static keyword to the front of declaration
Move the static keyword to the front of declaration of iwarp_state_names,
and resolve the following compiler warning that can be seen when building
with warnings enabled (W=1):

drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:385:1: warning:
  ‘static’ is not at beginning of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]

Also, resolve checkpatch.pl script warning:

WARNING: static const char * array should probably be
  static const char * const

Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <kw@linux.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:38:22 +02:00
Harini Katakam
168f7a1616 net: phy: gmii2rgmii: Dont use priv field in phy device
Use set/get drv data in phydev's mdio device instead. Phy device priv
field maybe used by the external phy driver and should not be
overwritten.

Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:32:06 +02:00
Arseny Solokha
8e578e73ef gianfar: use DT more consistently when selecting PHY connection type
Historically, gianfar only used phy-connection-type DT property when
connected to PHY in the rgmii-id mode. It ignored the property otherwise,
relying on the connection type auto-detection carried out by MAC and
providing that reconstructed mode to of_phy_connect(). It also did not
consider alternative phy-mode property at all.

Make the driver properly query DT node for PHY connection type first and
use an obtained value if it was specified there. Otherwise, if a particular
DT relies on connection type auto-detection, fall back to reconstructing
the value from MAC registers, as before.

Signed-off-by: Arseny Solokha <asolokha@kb.kras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:28:15 +02:00
Arseny Solokha
887b8194fb gianfar: cleanup gianfar.h
Remove now unused macro and structure definitions from gianfar.h that have
accumulated there over time.

Signed-off-by: Arseny Solokha <asolokha@kb.kras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:28:15 +02:00
Arseny Solokha
7ad387840a gianfar: make five functions static
Make functions that do not have callers outside the translation unit they
are defined in static.

Signed-off-by: Arseny Solokha <asolokha@kb.kras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:28:14 +02:00
Arseny Solokha
7d993c5f86 gianfar: remove forward declarations
Remove forward declarations of various static functions located in two
driver implementation files and rearrange the corresponding definitions
accordingly.

This patch only introduces mechanical changes, namely it removes forward
declarations and moves function definitions around; it does not change any
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Arseny Solokha <asolokha@kb.kras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:28:14 +02:00
Jose Abreu
427849e8c3 net: stmmac: selftests: Add Jumbo Frame tests
Add a test to validate the Jumbo Frame support in stmmac in single
channel and multichannel mode.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:55 +02:00
Jose Abreu
8a488c3f97 net: stmmac: xgmac: Enable RX Jumbo frame support
We are already doing it by default in the TX path so we can also enable
Jumbo Frame support in the RX path independently of MTU value.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:55 +02:00
Jose Abreu
56bcd59122 net: stmmac: Correctly assing MAX MTU in XGMAC cores case
Maximum MTU for XGMAC cores is 16k thus the check for presence of XGMAC
shall be done first in order to assign correct value.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:55 +02:00
Jose Abreu
c2b69474d6 net: stmmac: xgmac: Correct RAVSEL field interpretation
RAVSEL means that only RX side is available for AVB features. As we use
both TX and RX features we need to check if RAVSEL is selected and
disable AVB if only RX side is available.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:55 +02:00
Jose Abreu
8f9e5b5db4 net: stmmac: ethtool: Let user configure TX coalesce without RIWT
When RX Watchdog is disabled its currently not possible to configure TX
coalesce settings. Let user configure it anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
0b273ca41f net: stmmac: Only consider RX error when HW Timestamping is not enabled
Only consider that we have an error when HW Timestamping is not enabled
as this can give false positives due to the fact the RX Timestamping in
XGMAC and GMAC cores comes from context descriptors.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
5e3fb0a6e2 net: stmmac: selftests: Implement the ARP Offload test
Implement a test for ARP Offload feature.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
5904a980f9 net: stmmac: xgmac: Implement ARP Offload
Implement the ARP Offload feature in XGMAC cores.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
4647e02119 net: stmmac: selftests: Add selftest for L3/L4 Filters
Adds the selftests for L3 and L4 filters with DA/SA/DP/SP support.

Changes from v1:
	- Reduce stack usage (kbuild test robot)

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
425eabddaf net: stmmac: Implement L3/L4 Filters using TC Flower
Implement filters for Layer 3 and Layer 4 using TC Flower API. Add the
corresponding callbacks in XGMAC core.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
c104891c4b net: stmmac: Do not return error code in TC Initialization
As we can still use the remaining TC callbacks, e.g. CBS. We should not
fail in the initialization only because RX Parser is not available.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
6338488356 net: stmmac: xgmac: Add RBU handling in DMA interrupt
Add the handling of Receive Buffer Unavailable interrupt in the DMA
handler of XGMAC cores.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
Jose Abreu
9513321069 net: stmmac: selftests: Return proper error code to userspace
We can do better than just return 1 to userspace. Lets return a proper
Linux error code.

Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:19:54 +02:00
David S. Miller
44c40910b6 linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190904
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEmvEkXzgOfc881GuFWsYho5HknSAFAl1vrJITHG1rbEBwZW5n
 dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRBaxiGjkeSdIC8BB/98XcWiaInD+SM6UjD2dVd1r0zhPKJS
 WBK58G81+op3YP4DY8Iy+C24uZBlSlutVGoD/PIrZF39xXsnOtJuMVHC4LvtdADC
 30uI/61JQNEjuX2AiTFudqDvYjZZKZ28HLqEnO2pWk3dMVL3+fkS3i7VQR7KJ/Gr
 BYM6EzCdkbuWW/zsAVbKLJ8NswVmcdjP7eSK+exKppoWMtgCglZw1X6iP5YXDnbK
 h3dGs687u8RfUra7j7vgnJzyQU4draMPsabaLDT5qw1PgYQ3k8MTVMBlULR0+HHO
 qkBqumRwfOxay0z0XOgRuWrICKTH/b0SRLp3H53ZyfDo6+4TC9KGHRgX
 =gwfZ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190904' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next

Marc Kleine-Budde says:

====================
pull-request: can-next 2019-09-04 j1939

this is a pull request for net-next/master consisting of 21 patches.

the first 12 patches are by me and target the CAN core infrastructure.
They clean up the names of variables , structs and struct members,
convert can_rx_register() to use max() instead of open coding it and
remove unneeded code from the can_pernet_exit() callback.

The next three patches are also by me and they introduce and make use of
the CAN midlayer private structure. It is used to hold protocol specific
per device data structures.

The next patch is by Oleksij Rempel, switches the
&net->can.rcvlists_lock from a spin_lock() to a spin_lock_bh(), so that
it can be used from NAPI (soft IRQ) context.

The next 4 patches are by Kurt Van Dijck, he first updates his email
address via mailmap and then extends sockaddr_can to include j1939
members.

The final patch is the collective effort of many entities (The j1939
authors: Oliver Hartkopp, Bastian Stender, Elenita Hinds, kbuild test
robot, Kurt Van Dijck, Maxime Jayat, Robin van der Gracht, Oleksij
Rempel, Marc Kleine-Budde). It adds support of SAE J1939 protocol to the
CAN networking stack.

SAE J1939 is the vehicle bus recommended practice used for communication
and diagnostics among vehicle components. Originating in the car and
heavy-duty truck industry in the United States, it is now widely used in
other parts of the world.

P.S.: This pull request doesn't invalidate my last pull request:
      "pull-request: can-next 2019-09-03".
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:17:50 +02:00
Jiri Pirko
8330f73fe9 rocker: add missing init_net check in FIB notifier
Take only FIB events that are happening in init_net into account. No other
namespaces are supported.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:14:10 +02:00
zhong jiang
10ae8f4e81 ixgbe: Use kzfree() rather than its implementation.
Use kzfree() instead of memset() + kfree().

Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 12:06:04 +02:00
David S. Miller
b06b399272 linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190903
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEmvEkXzgOfc881GuFWsYho5HknSAFAl1uJGETHG1rbEBwZW5n
 dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRBaxiGjkeSdIMnjCACzqf14rTtjFAS86C1KIjRaQu6XEZt5
 2VFq3WqFB3OVgcvtJISIuDk9sN2oY0f3z8mSSCn56qgy1YOCmYnUNMArp7pbFSim
 oPaM10gF/2FS4TM58nofqEBN4+sYVp5u1Sx/RAqSqNN9Ga6n0AtgsIG9Tt26FZuy
 e3LPZFlXh9vhsZshGSFBrn+jL7y+tsVUxE1nw9FZ8W+lnp/JiyVYVL5LDzTZA24N
 i7U5ENGMyCsakuRa/pm+l/OkwIXAuEyvr0R6H0SOAxuAVI+shqhu0le7QmDVtbz5
 PiHNShILoZQzd9j8N3m3QOpgwHSIbmBHueRhgNRM6NahO+PWe4R3dvbT
 =TBQL
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190903' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next

Marc Kleine-Budde says:

====================
pull-request: can-next 2019-09-03

this is a pull request for net-next/master consisting of 15 patches.

The first patch is by Christer Beskow, targets the kvaser_pciefd driver
and fixes the PWM generator's frequency.

The next three patches are by Dan Murphy, the tcan4x5x is updated to use
a proper interrupts/interrupt-parent DT binding to specify the devices
IRQ line. Further the unneeded wake ups of the device is removed from
the driver.

A patch by me for the mcp25xx driver removes the deprecated board file
setup example. Three patches by Andy Shevchenko simplify clock handling,
update the driver from OF to device property API and simplify the
mcp251x_can_suspend() function.

The remaining 7 patches are by me and clean up checkpatch warnings in
the generic CAN device infrastructure.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:57:31 +02:00
Dave Taht
842841ece5 Convert usage of IN_MULTICAST to ipv4_is_multicast
IN_MULTICAST's primary intent is as a uapi macro.

Elsewhere in the kernel we use ipv4_is_multicast consistently.

This patch unifies linux's multicast checks to use that function
rather than this macro.

Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:38:32 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
8c15440bce ionic: Add coalesce and other features
Interrupt coalescing, tunable copybreak value, and
tx timeout.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
aa3198819b ionic: Add RSS support
Add code to manipulate through ethtool the RSS configuration
used by the NIC.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
e470355bd9 ionic: Add driver stats
Add in the detailed statistics for ethtool -S that the driver
keeps as it processes packets.  Display of the additional
debug statistics can be enabled through the ethtool priv-flags
feature.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
1a371ea1b7 ionic: Add netdev-event handling
When the netdev gets a new name from userland, pass that name
down to the NIC for internal tracking.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
0f3154e6bc ionic: Add Tx and Rx handling
Add both the Tx and Rx queue setup and handling.  The related
stats display comes later.  Instead of using the generic napi
routines used by the slow-path commands, the Tx and Rx paths
are simplified and inlined in one file in order to get better
compiler optimizations.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
4d03e00a21 ionic: Add initial ethtool support
Add in the basic ethtool callbacks for device information
and control.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
8d61aad4e8 ionic: Add async link status check and basic stats
Add code to handle the link status event, and wire up the
basic netdev hardware stats.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
2a654540be ionic: Add Rx filter and rx_mode ndo support
Add the Rx filtering and rx_mode NDO callbacks.  Also add
the deferred work thread handling needed to manage the filter
requests outside of the netif_addr_lock spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:44 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
c1e329ebec ionic: Add management of rx filters
Set up the infrastructure for managing Rx filters.  We can't ask the
hardware for what filters it has, so we keep a local list of filters
that we've pushed into the HW.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
beead698b1 ionic: Add the basic NDO callbacks for netdev support
Set up the initial NDO structure and callbacks for netdev
to use, and register the netdev.  This will allow us to do
a few basic operations on the device, but no traffic yet.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
77ceb68e29 ionic: Add notifyq support
The AdminQ is fine for sending messages and requests to the NIC,
but we also need to have events published from the NIC to the
driver.  The NotifyQ handles this for us, using the same interrupt
as AdminQ.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
938962d552 ionic: Add adminq action
Add AdminQ specific message requests and completion handling.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
1d062b7b6f ionic: Add basic adminq support
Most of the NIC configuration happens through the AdminQ message
queue.  NAPI is used for basic interrupt handling and message
queue management.  These routines are set up to be shared among
different types of queues when used in slow-path handling.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
6461b446f2 ionic: Add interrupts and doorbells
The ionic interrupt model is based on interrupt control blocks
accessed through the PCI BAR.  Doorbell registers are used by
the driver to signal to the NIC that requests are waiting on
the message queues.  Interrupts are used by the NIC to signal
to the driver that answers are waiting on the completion queues.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
1a58e19646 ionic: Add basic lif support
The LIF is the Logical Interface, which represents the external
connections.  The NIC can multiplex many LIFs to a single port,
but in most setups, LIF0 is the primary control for the port.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
04436595c4 ionic: Add port management commands
The port management commands apply to the physical port
associated with the PCI device, which might be shared among
several logical interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
fbfb803153 ionic: Add hardware init and device commands
The ionic device has a small set of PCI registers, including a
device control and data space, and a large set of message
commands.

Also adds new DEVLINK_INFO_VERSION_GENERIC tags for
ASIC_ID, ASIC_REV, and FW.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
Shannon Nelson
df69ba4321 ionic: Add basic framework for IONIC Network device driver
This patch adds a basic driver framework for the Pensando IONIC
network device.  There is no functionality right now other than
the ability to load and unload.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 09:24:43 +02:00
René van Dorst
38f790a805 net: dsa: mt7530: Add support for port 5
Adding support for port 5.

Port 5 can muxed/interface to:
- internal 5th GMAC of the switch; can be used as 2nd CPU port or as
  extra port with an external phy for a 6th ethernet port.
- internal PHY of port 0 or 4; Used in most applications so that port 0
  or 4 is the WAN port and interfaces with the 2nd GMAC of the SOC.

Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:28:23 +02:00
René van Dorst
ca366d6c88 net: dsa: mt7530: Convert to PHYLINK API
Convert mt7530 to PHYLINK API

Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:28:23 +02:00
Hayes Wang
771efeda39 r8152: modify rtl8152_set_speed function
First, for AUTONEG_DISABLE, we only need to modify MII_BMCR.

Second, add advertising parameter for rtl8152_set_speed(). Add
RTL_ADVERTISED_xxx for advertising parameter of rtl8152_set_speed().
Then, the advertising settings from ethtool could be saved.

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:26:24 +02:00
Ioana Radulescu
52b6a4ffe2 dpaa2-eth: Poll Tx pending frames counter on if down
Starting with firmware version MC10.18.0, a new counter for in flight
Tx frames is offered. Use it when bringing down the interface to
determine when all pending Tx frames have been processed by hardware
instead of sleeping a fixed amount of time.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:24:06 +02:00
Ioana Radulescu
d84c3a4ded dpaa2-eth: Add new DPNI statistics counters
Recent firmware versions expose more  DPNI counters.
Export relevant ones via ethtool -S.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:24:06 +02:00
Ioana Radulescu
ae90a6f0d9 dpaa2-eth: Minor refactoring in ethtool stats
As we prepare to read more pages from the DPNI stat counters,
reorganize the code a bit to make it easier to extend.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-05 00:24:06 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
00d2fbf73d net: remove w90p910-ether driver
The ARM w90x900 platform is getting removed, so this driver is obsolete.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190809202749.742267-14-arnd@arndb.de
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2019-09-04 17:57:52 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
13b0aefee1 net: remove ks8695 driver
The platform is getting removed, so there are no remaining
users of this driver.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190809202749.742267-6-arnd@arndb.de
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2019-09-04 17:57:43 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
8df9ffb888 can: make use of preallocated can_ml_priv for per device struct can_dev_rcv_lists
This patch removes the old method of allocating the per device protocol
specific memory via a netdevice_notifier. This had the drawback, that
the allocation can fail, leading to a lot of null pointer checks in the
code. This also makes the live cycle management of this memory quite
complicated.

This patch switches from the allocating the struct can_dev_rcv_lists in
a NETDEV_REGISTER call to using the dev->ml_priv, which is allocated by
the driver since the previous patch.

Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-04 13:29:15 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
ffd956eef6 can: introduce CAN midlayer private and allocate it automatically
This patch introduces the CAN midlayer private structure ("struct
can_ml_priv") which should be used to hold protocol specific per device
data structures. For now it's only member is "struct can_dev_rcv_lists".

The CAN midlayer private is allocated via alloc_netdev()'s private and
assigned to "struct net_device::ml_priv" during device creation. This is
done transparently for CAN drivers using alloc_candev(). The slcan, vcan
and vxcan drivers which are not using alloc_candev() have been adopted
manually. The memory layout of the netdev_priv allocated via
alloc_candev() will looke like this:

  +-------------------------+
  | driver's priv           |
  +-------------------------+
  | struct can_ml_priv      |
  +-------------------------+
  | array of struct sk_buff |
  +-------------------------+

Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-04 13:29:14 +02:00
? jiang
718be6bab2 virtio-net: lower min ring num_free for efficiency
This change lowers ring buffer reclaim threshold from 1/2*queue to budget
for better performance. According to our test with qemu + dpdk, packet
dropping happens when the guest is not able to provide free buffer in
avail ring timely with default 1/2*queue. The value in the patch has been
tested and does show better performance.

Test setup: iperf3 to generate packets to guest (total 30mins, pps 400k, UDP)
avg packets drop before: 2842
avg packets drop after: 360(-87.3%)

Further, current code suffers from a starvation problem: the amount of
work done by try_fill_recv is not bounded by the budget parameter, thus
(with large queues) once in a while userspace gets blocked for a long
time while queue is being refilled. Trigger refills earlier to make sure
the amount of work to do is limited.

Signed-off-by: jiangkidd <jiangkidd@hotmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
2019-09-04 06:21:17 -04:00
Hui Peng
39d170b3cb ath6kl: fix a NULL-ptr-deref bug in ath6kl_usb_alloc_urb_from_pipe()
The `ar_usb` field of `ath6kl_usb_pipe_usb_pipe` objects
are initialized to point to the containing `ath6kl_usb` object
according to endpoint descriptors read from the device side, as shown
below in `ath6kl_usb_setup_pipe_resources`:

for (i = 0; i < iface_desc->desc.bNumEndpoints; ++i) {
	endpoint = &iface_desc->endpoint[i].desc;

	// get the address from endpoint descriptor
	pipe_num = ath6kl_usb_get_logical_pipe_num(ar_usb,
						endpoint->bEndpointAddress,
						&urbcount);
	......
	// select the pipe object
	pipe = &ar_usb->pipes[pipe_num];

	// initialize the ar_usb field
	pipe->ar_usb = ar_usb;
}

The driver assumes that the addresses reported in endpoint
descriptors from device side  to be complete. If a device is
malicious and does not report complete addresses, it may trigger
NULL-ptr-deref `ath6kl_usb_alloc_urb_from_pipe` and
`ath6kl_usb_free_urb_to_pipe`.

This patch fixes the bug by preventing potential NULL-ptr-deref
(CVE-2019-15098).

Signed-off-by: Hui Peng <benquike@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Hui Peng <benquike@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Mathias Payer <mathias.payer@nebelwelt.net>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:23:26 +03:00
Arnd Bergmann
355cf31912 wcn36xx: use dynamic allocation for large variables
clang triggers a warning about oversized stack frames that gcc does not
notice because of slightly different inlining decisions:

ath/wcn36xx/smd.c:1409:5: error: stack frame size of 1040 bytes in function 'wcn36xx_smd_config_bss' [-Werror,-Wframe-larger-than=]
ath/wcn36xx/smd.c:640:5: error: stack frame size of 1032 bytes in function 'wcn36xx_smd_start_hw_scan' [-Werror,-Wframe-larger-than=]

Basically the wcn36xx_hal_start_scan_offload_req_msg,
wcn36xx_hal_config_bss_req_msg_v1, and wcn36xx_hal_config_bss_req_msg
structures are too large to be put on the kernel stack, but small
enough that gcc does not warn about them.

Use kzalloc() to allocate them all. There are similar structures in other
parts of this driver, but they are all smaller, with the next largest
stack frame at 480 bytes for wcn36xx_smd_send_beacon.

Fixes: 8e84c25821 ("wcn36xx: mac80211 driver for Qualcomm WCN3660/WCN3680 hardware")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:22:26 +03:00
Jia-Ju Bai
0e7bf23e49 ath6kl: Fix a possible null-pointer dereference in ath6kl_htc_mbox_create()
In ath6kl_htc_mbox_create(), when kzalloc() on line 2855 fails,
target->dev is assigned to NULL, and ath6kl_htc_mbox_cleanup(target) is
called on line 2885.

In ath6kl_htc_mbox_cleanup(), target->dev is used on line 2895:
    ath6kl_hif_cleanup_scatter(target->dev->ar);

Thus, a null-pointer dereference may occur.

To fix this bug, kfree(target) is called and NULL is returned when
kzalloc() on line 2855 fails.

This bug is found by a static analysis tool STCheck written by us.

Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:21:19 +03:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
72bb1aa91f ath9k: dynack: set ackto to max timeout in ath_dynack_reset
Initialize acktimeout to the maximum configurable value in
ath_dynack_reset in order to not disconnect long distance static links
enabling dynack and even to take care of possible errors configuring
a static timeout. Moreover initialize station timeout value to the current
acktimeout value

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:15:31 +03:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
86e392994d ath9k: dynack: set max timeout according to channel width
Compute maximum configurable ackimeout/ctstimeout according to channel
width (clockrate)

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:15:21 +03:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
6999e40d5f ath9k: dynack: properly set last timeout timestamp in ath_dynack_reset
Add compute timeout to last computation timestamp in
ath_dynack_reset in order to not run ath_dynack_compute_ackto
immediately

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:15:10 +03:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
5df65dd52d ath9k: dyanck: introduce ath_dynack_set_timeout routine
Introduce ath_dynack_set_timeout routine to configure slottime/ack/cts
timeouts and remove duplicated code

Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:15:00 +03:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
e1aa1a1db3 ath9k: dynack: fix possible deadlock in ath_dynack_node_{de}init
Fix following lockdep warning disabling bh in
ath_dynack_node_init/ath_dynack_node_deinit

[   75.955878] --------------------------------
[   75.955880] inconsistent {SOFTIRQ-ON-W} -> {IN-SOFTIRQ-W} usage.
[   75.955884] swapper/0/0 [HC0[0]:SC1[3]:HE1:SE0] takes:
[   75.955888] 00000000792a7ee0 (&(&da->qlock)->rlock){+.?.}, at: ath_dynack_sample_ack_ts+0x4d/0xa0 [ath9k_hw]
[   75.955905] {SOFTIRQ-ON-W} state was registered at:
[   75.955912]   lock_acquire+0x9a/0x160
[   75.955917]   _raw_spin_lock+0x2c/0x70
[   75.955927]   ath_dynack_node_init+0x2a/0x60 [ath9k_hw]
[   75.955934]   ath9k_sta_state+0xec/0x160 [ath9k]
[   75.955976]   drv_sta_state+0xb2/0x740 [mac80211]
[   75.956008]   sta_info_insert_finish+0x21a/0x420 [mac80211]
[   75.956039]   sta_info_insert_rcu+0x12b/0x2c0 [mac80211]
[   75.956069]   sta_info_insert+0x7/0x70 [mac80211]
[   75.956093]   ieee80211_prep_connection+0x42e/0x730 [mac80211]
[   75.956120]   ieee80211_mgd_auth.cold+0xb9/0x15c [mac80211]
[   75.956152]   cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x143/0x350 [cfg80211]
[   75.956169]   nl80211_authenticate+0x25e/0x2b0 [cfg80211]
[   75.956172]   genl_family_rcv_msg+0x198/0x400
[   75.956174]   genl_rcv_msg+0x42/0x90
[   75.956176]   netlink_rcv_skb+0x35/0xf0
[   75.956178]   genl_rcv+0x1f/0x30
[   75.956180]   netlink_unicast+0x154/0x200
[   75.956182]   netlink_sendmsg+0x1bf/0x3d0
[   75.956186]   ___sys_sendmsg+0x2c2/0x2f0
[   75.956187]   __sys_sendmsg+0x44/0x80
[   75.956190]   do_syscall_64+0x55/0x1a0
[   75.956192]   entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[   75.956194] irq event stamp: 2357092
[   75.956196] hardirqs last  enabled at (2357092): [<ffffffff818c62de>] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x3e/0x50
[   75.956199] hardirqs last disabled at (2357091): [<ffffffff818c60b1>] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x11/0x80
[   75.956202] softirqs last  enabled at (2357072): [<ffffffff8106dc09>] irq_enter+0x59/0x60
[   75.956204] softirqs last disabled at (2357073): [<ffffffff8106dcbe>] irq_exit+0xae/0xc0
[   75.956206]
               other info that might help us debug this:
[   75.956207]  Possible unsafe locking scenario:

[   75.956208]        CPU0
[   75.956209]        ----
[   75.956210]   lock(&(&da->qlock)->rlock);
[   75.956213]   <Interrupt>
[   75.956214]     lock(&(&da->qlock)->rlock);
[   75.956216]
                *** DEADLOCK ***

[   75.956217] 1 lock held by swapper/0/0:
[   75.956219]  #0: 000000003bb5675c (&(&sc->sc_pcu_lock)->rlock){+.-.}, at: ath9k_tasklet+0x55/0x240 [ath9k]
[   75.956225]
               stack backtrace:
[   75.956228] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc1-wdn+ #13
[   75.956229] Hardware name: Dell Inc. Studio XPS 1340/0K183D, BIOS A11 09/08/2009
[   75.956231] Call Trace:
[   75.956233]  <IRQ>
[   75.956236]  dump_stack+0x67/0x90
[   75.956239]  mark_lock+0x4c1/0x640
[   75.956242]  ? check_usage_backwards+0x130/0x130
[   75.956245]  ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x80
[   75.956247]  __lock_acquire+0x484/0x7a0
[   75.956250]  ? __lock_acquire+0x3b9/0x7a0
[   75.956252]  lock_acquire+0x9a/0x160
[   75.956259]  ? ath_dynack_sample_ack_ts+0x4d/0xa0 [ath9k_hw]
[   75.956262]  _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x34/0x80
[   75.956268]  ? ath_dynack_sample_ack_ts+0x4d/0xa0 [ath9k_hw]
[   75.956275]  ath_dynack_sample_ack_ts+0x4d/0xa0 [ath9k_hw]
[   75.956280]  ath_rx_tasklet+0xd09/0xe90 [ath9k]
[   75.956286]  ath9k_tasklet+0x102/0x240 [ath9k]
[   75.956288]  tasklet_action_common.isra.0+0x6d/0x170
[   75.956291]  __do_softirq+0xcc/0x425
[   75.956294]  irq_exit+0xae/0xc0
[   75.956296]  do_IRQ+0x8a/0x110
[   75.956298]  common_interrupt+0xf/0xf
[   75.956300]  </IRQ>
[   75.956303] RIP: 0010:cpuidle_enter_state+0xb2/0x400
[   75.956308] RSP: 0018:ffffffff82203e70 EFLAGS: 00000202 ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffd7
[   75.956310] RAX: ffffffff82219800 RBX: ffffffff822bd0a0 RCX: 0000000000000000
[   75.956312] RDX: 0000000000000046 RSI: 0000000000000006 RDI: ffffffff82219800
[   75.956314] RBP: ffff888155a01c00 R08: 00000011af51aabe R09: 0000000000000000
[   75.956315] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 0000000000000002
[   75.956317] R13: 00000011af51aabe R14: 0000000000000003 R15: ffffffff82219800
[   75.956321]  cpuidle_enter+0x24/0x40
[   75.956323]  do_idle+0x1ac/0x220
[   75.956326]  cpu_startup_entry+0x14/0x20
[   75.956329]  start_kernel+0x482/0x489
[   75.956332]  secondary_startup_64+0xa4/0xb0

Fixes: c774d57fd4 ("ath9k: add dynamic ACK timeout estimation")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:13:41 +03:00
Christian Lamparter
5a4f2040fd ath9k: add loader for AR92XX (and older) pci(e)
Atheros cards with a AR92XX generation (and older) chip usually
store their pci(e) initialization vectors on an external eeprom chip.
However these chips technically don't need the eeprom chip attached,
the AR9280 Datasheet in section "6.1.2 DEVICE_ID" describes that
"... if the EEPROM content is not valid, a value of 0xFF1C returns
when read from the register". So, they will show up on the system's
pci bus. However in that state, ath9k can't load, since it relies
on having the correct pci-id, otherwise it doesn't know what chip it
actually is. This happens on many embedded devices like routers
and accesspoint since they want to keep the BOM low and store the
pci(e) initialization vectors together with the calibration data
on the system's FLASH, which is out of reach of the ath9k chip.

Furthermore, Some devices (like the Cisco Meraki Z1 Cloud Managed
Teleworker Gateway) need to be able to initialize the PCIe wifi device.
Normally, this should be done as a pci quirk during the early stages of
booting linux. However, this isn't possible for devices which have the
init code for the Atheros chip stored on NAND in an UBI volume.
Hence, this module can be used to initialize the chip when the
user-space is ready to extract the init code.

Martin Blumenstingl prodived the following fixes:
owl-loader: add support for OWL emulation PCI devices
owl-loader: don't re-scan the bus when ath9k_pci_fixup failed
owl-loader: use dev_* instead of pr_* logging functions
owl-loader: auto-generate the eeprom filename as fallback
owl-loader: add a debug message when swapping the eeprom data
owl-loader: add missing newlines in log messages

Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:12:35 +03:00
YueHaibing
68092f9cf9 carl9170: remove set but not used variable 'udev'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/usb.c: In function carl9170_usb_disconnect:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/usb.c:1110:21:
 warning: variable udev set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

It is not use since commit feb09b2933 ("carl9170:
fix misuse of device driver API")

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:09:34 +03:00
Markus Elfring
d20b1e6c83 wil6210: Delete an unnecessary kfree() call in wil_tid_ampdu_rx_alloc()
A null pointer would be passed to a call of the function “kfree”
directly after a call of the function “kcalloc” failed at one place.
Remove this superfluous function call.

This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:07:29 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
9abe3e306e wil6210: Add EDMG channel support
Add support for Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit (EDMG) channels 9-11.
wil6210 reports it's EDMG capabilities (that are also based on FW
capability) to cfg80211 by filling
wiphy->bands[NL80211_BAND_60GHZ]->edmg_cap.
wil6210 handles edmg.channels and edmg.bw_config requested in connect
and start_ap operations.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:06:26 +03:00
Colin Ian King
23bb9f692b wil6210: fix wil_cid_valid with negative cid values
There are several occasions where a negative cid value is passed
into wil_cid_valid and this is converted into a u8 causing the
range check of cid >= 0 to always succeed.  Fix this by making
the cid argument an int to handle any -ve error value of cid.

An example of this behaviour is in wil_cfg80211_dump_station,
where cid is assigned -ENOENT if the call to wil_find_cid_by_idx
fails, and this -ve value is passed to wil_cid_valid.  I believe
that the conversion of -ENOENT to the u8 value 254 which is
greater than wil->max_assoc_sta causes wil_find_cid_by_idx to
currently work fine, but I think is by luck and not the
intended behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-04 09:04:18 +03:00
David S. Miller
2c1f9e2634 Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-09-03

This series contains updates to ice driver only.

Anirudh adds the ability for the driver to handle EMP resets correctly
by adding the logic to the existing ice_reset_subtask().

Jeb fixes up the logic to properly free up the resources for a switch
rule whether or not it was successful in the removal.

Brett fixes up the reporting of ITR values to let the user know odd ITR
values are not allowed.  Fixes the driver to only disable VLAN pruning
on VLAN deletion when the VLAN being deleted is the last VLAN on the VF
VSI.

Chinh updates the driver to determine the TSA value from the priority
value when in CEE mode.

Bruce aligns the driver with the hardware specification by ensuring that
a PF reset is done as part of the unload logic.  Also update the driver
unloading field, based on the latest hardware specification, which
allows us to remove an unnecessary endian conversion.  Moves #defines
based on their need in the code.

Jesse adds the current state of auto-negotiation in the link up message.
In addition, adds additional information to inform the user of an issue
with the topology/configuration of the link.

Usha updates the driver to allow the maximum TCs that the firmware
supports, rather than hard coding to a set value.

Dave updates the DCB initialization flow to handle the case of an actual
error during DCB init.  Updated the driver to report the current stats,
even when the netdev is down, which aligns with our other drivers.

Mitch fixes the VF reset code flows to ensure that it properly calls
ice_dis_vsi_txq() to notify the firmware that the VF is being reset.

Michal fixes the driver so the DCB is not enabled when the SW LLDP is
activated, which was causing a communication issue with other NICs.  The
problem lies in that DCB was being enabled without checking the number
of TCs.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-03 21:51:25 -07:00
David S. Miller
94810bd365 mlx5-updates-2019-09-01 (Software steering support)
Abstract:
 --------
 Mellanox ConnetX devices supports packet matching, packet modification and
 redirection. These functionalities are also referred to as flow-steering.
 To configure a steering rule, the rule is written to the device owned
 memory, this memory is accessed and cached by the device when processing
 a packet.
 Steering rules are constructed from multiple steering entries (STE).
 
 Rules are configured using the Firmware command interface. The Firmware
 processes the given driver command and translates them to STEs, then
 writes them to the device memory in the current steering tables.
 This process is slow due to the architecture of the command interface and
 the processing complexity of each rule.
 
 The highlight of this patchset is to cut the middle man (The firmware) and
 do steering rules programming into device directly from the driver, with
 no firmware intervention whatsoever.
 
 Motivation:
 -----------
 Software (driver managed) steering allows for high rule insertion rates
 compared to the FW steering described above, this is achieved by using
 internal RDMA writes to the device owned memory instead of the slow
 command interface to program steering rules.
 
 Software (driver managed) steering, doesn't depend on new FW
 for new steering functionality, new implementations can be done in the
 driver skipping the FW layer.
 
 Performance:
 ------------
 The insertion rate on a single core using the new approach allows
 programming ~300K rules per sec. (Done via direct raw test to the new mlx5
 sw steering layer, without any kernel layer involved).
 
 Test: TC L2 rules
 33K/s with Software steering (this patchset).
 5K/s  with FW and current driver.
 This will improve OVS based solution performance.
 
 Architecture and implementation details:
 ----------------------------------------
 Software steering will be dynamically selected via devlink device
 parameter. Example:
 $ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode
           pci/0000:06:00.0:
           name flow_steering_mode type driver-specific
           values:
              cmode runtime value smfs
 
 mlx5 software steering module a.k.a (DR - Direct Rule) is implemented
 and contained in mlx5/core/steering directory and controlled by
 MLX5_SW_STEERING kconfig flag.
 
 mlx5 core steering layer (fs_core) already provides a shim layer for
 implementing different steering mechanisms, software steering will
 leverage that as seen at the end of this series.
 
 When Software Steering for a specific steering domain
 (NIC/RDMA/Vport/ESwitch, etc ..) is supported, it will cause rules
 targeting this domain to be created using  SW steering instead of FW.
 
 The implementation includes:
 Domain - The steering domain is the object that all other object resides
     in. It holds the memory allocator, send engine, locks and other shared
     data needed by lower objects such as table, matcher, rule, action.
     Each domain can contain multiple tables. Domain is equivalent to
     namespaces e.g (NIC/RDMA/Vport/ESwitch, etc ..) as implemented
     currently in mlx5_core fs_core (flow steering core).
 
 Table - Table objects are used for holding multiple matchers, each table
     has a level used to prevent processing loops. Packets are being
     directed to this table once it is set as the root table, this is done
     by fs_core using a FW command. A packet is being processed inside the
     table matcher by matcher until a successful hit, otherwise the packet
     will perform the default action.
 
 Matcher - Matchers objects are used to specify the fields mask for
     matching when processing a packet. A matcher belongs to a table, each
     matcher can hold multiple rules, each rule with different matching
     values corresponding to the matcher mask. Each matcher has a priority
     used for rule processing order inside the table.
 
 Action - Action objects are created to specify different steering actions
     such as count, reformat (encapsulate, decapsulate, ...), modify
     header, forward to table and many other actions. When creating a rule
     a sequence of actions can be provided to be executed on a successful
     match.
 
 Rule - Rule objects are used to specify a specific match on packets as
     well as the actions that should be executed. A rule belongs to a
     matcher.
 
 STE - This layer is used to hold the specific STE format for the device
     and to convert the requested rule to STEs. Each rule is constructed of
     an STE chain, Multiple rules construct a steering graph. Each node in
     the graph is a hash table containing multiple STEs. The index of each
     STE in the hash table is being calculated using a CRC32 hash function.
 
 Memory pool - Used for managing and caching device owned memory for rule
     insertion. The memory is being allocated using DM (device memory) API.
 
 Communication with device - layer for standard RDMA operation using  RC QP
     to configure the device steering.
 
 Command utility - This module holds all of the FW commands that are
     required for SW steering to function.
 
 Patch planning and files:
 -------------------------
 1) First patch, adds the support to Add flow steering actions to fs_cmd
 shim layer.
 
 2) Next 12 patch will add a file per each Software steering
 functionality/module as described above. (See patches with title: DR, *)
 
 3) Add CONFIG_MLX5_SW_STEERING for software steering support and enable
 build with the new files
 
 4) Next two patches will add the support for software steering in mlx5
 steering shim layer
 net/mlx5: Add API to set the namespace steering mode
 net/mlx5: Add direct rule fs_cmd implementation
 
 5) Last two patches will add the new devlink parameter to select mlx5
 steering mode, will be valid only for switchdev mode for now.
 Two modes are supported:
     1. DMFS - Device managed flow steering
     2. SMFS - Software/Driver managed flow steering.
 
     In the DMFS mode, the HW steering entities are created through the
     FW. In the SMFS mode this entities are created though the driver
     directly.
 
     The driver will use the devlink steering mode only if the steering
     domain supports it, for now SMFS will manages only the switchdev
     eswitch steering domain.
 
     User command examples:
     - Set SMFS flow steering mode::
 
         $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode value "smfs" cmode runtime
 
     - Read device flow steering mode::
 
         $ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode
           pci/0000:06:00.0:
           name flow_steering_mode type driver-specific
           values:
              cmode runtime value smfs
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl1uxPAACgkQSD+KveBX
 +j5AkggAymoYqG2G+s8cLa4vQFySaD1Td3VzzWglp7PlpDBE3UcSoMAMg/gIDU1D
 8F04PeCsJ6snt1ICk56vPNyAEHWfWeBUd56+QK5lEJBuwozyFvBh6HP81Bnr6T/n
 n6uTx45ljAFQPTHJjEOLBPSzEXecLu07+mvpzSoW0F3ehfGbELhL1IkVobr/RELx
 z4xZW9uM2vm5ylheWvjf4V1S/SvokgJazW9+4fh//rl8tfXgun5IfPoS0hqKie1/
 h5sjcMSYkYR4gLVqrhKmBYHmHVl/h0TYROckW8iC/+XX7ailSo9uPG7lPa6cm+GE
 7Bajlbz4oD/K5RWoByo+q+dmyjeVhQ==
 =M9bS
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-09-01-v2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2019-09-01  (Software steering support)

Abstract:
--------
Mellanox ConnetX devices supports packet matching, packet modification and
redirection. These functionalities are also referred to as flow-steering.
To configure a steering rule, the rule is written to the device owned
memory, this memory is accessed and cached by the device when processing
a packet.
Steering rules are constructed from multiple steering entries (STE).

Rules are configured using the Firmware command interface. The Firmware
processes the given driver command and translates them to STEs, then
writes them to the device memory in the current steering tables.
This process is slow due to the architecture of the command interface and
the processing complexity of each rule.

The highlight of this patchset is to cut the middle man (The firmware) and
do steering rules programming into device directly from the driver, with
no firmware intervention whatsoever.

Motivation:
-----------
Software (driver managed) steering allows for high rule insertion rates
compared to the FW steering described above, this is achieved by using
internal RDMA writes to the device owned memory instead of the slow
command interface to program steering rules.

Software (driver managed) steering, doesn't depend on new FW
for new steering functionality, new implementations can be done in the
driver skipping the FW layer.

Performance:
------------
The insertion rate on a single core using the new approach allows
programming ~300K rules per sec. (Done via direct raw test to the new mlx5
sw steering layer, without any kernel layer involved).

Test: TC L2 rules
33K/s with Software steering (this patchset).
5K/s  with FW and current driver.
This will improve OVS based solution performance.

Architecture and implementation details:
----------------------------------------
Software steering will be dynamically selected via devlink device
parameter. Example:
$ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode
          pci/0000:06:00.0:
          name flow_steering_mode type driver-specific
          values:
             cmode runtime value smfs

mlx5 software steering module a.k.a (DR - Direct Rule) is implemented
and contained in mlx5/core/steering directory and controlled by
MLX5_SW_STEERING kconfig flag.

mlx5 core steering layer (fs_core) already provides a shim layer for
implementing different steering mechanisms, software steering will
leverage that as seen at the end of this series.

When Software Steering for a specific steering domain
(NIC/RDMA/Vport/ESwitch, etc ..) is supported, it will cause rules
targeting this domain to be created using  SW steering instead of FW.

The implementation includes:
Domain - The steering domain is the object that all other object resides
    in. It holds the memory allocator, send engine, locks and other shared
    data needed by lower objects such as table, matcher, rule, action.
    Each domain can contain multiple tables. Domain is equivalent to
    namespaces e.g (NIC/RDMA/Vport/ESwitch, etc ..) as implemented
    currently in mlx5_core fs_core (flow steering core).

Table - Table objects are used for holding multiple matchers, each table
    has a level used to prevent processing loops. Packets are being
    directed to this table once it is set as the root table, this is done
    by fs_core using a FW command. A packet is being processed inside the
    table matcher by matcher until a successful hit, otherwise the packet
    will perform the default action.

Matcher - Matchers objects are used to specify the fields mask for
    matching when processing a packet. A matcher belongs to a table, each
    matcher can hold multiple rules, each rule with different matching
    values corresponding to the matcher mask. Each matcher has a priority
    used for rule processing order inside the table.

Action - Action objects are created to specify different steering actions
    such as count, reformat (encapsulate, decapsulate, ...), modify
    header, forward to table and many other actions. When creating a rule
    a sequence of actions can be provided to be executed on a successful
    match.

Rule - Rule objects are used to specify a specific match on packets as
    well as the actions that should be executed. A rule belongs to a
    matcher.

STE - This layer is used to hold the specific STE format for the device
    and to convert the requested rule to STEs. Each rule is constructed of
    an STE chain, Multiple rules construct a steering graph. Each node in
    the graph is a hash table containing multiple STEs. The index of each
    STE in the hash table is being calculated using a CRC32 hash function.

Memory pool - Used for managing and caching device owned memory for rule
    insertion. The memory is being allocated using DM (device memory) API.

Communication with device - layer for standard RDMA operation using  RC QP
    to configure the device steering.

Command utility - This module holds all of the FW commands that are
    required for SW steering to function.

Patch planning and files:
-------------------------
1) First patch, adds the support to Add flow steering actions to fs_cmd
shim layer.

2) Next 12 patch will add a file per each Software steering
functionality/module as described above. (See patches with title: DR, *)

3) Add CONFIG_MLX5_SW_STEERING for software steering support and enable
build with the new files

4) Next two patches will add the support for software steering in mlx5
steering shim layer
net/mlx5: Add API to set the namespace steering mode
net/mlx5: Add direct rule fs_cmd implementation

5) Last two patches will add the new devlink parameter to select mlx5
steering mode, will be valid only for switchdev mode for now.
Two modes are supported:
    1. DMFS - Device managed flow steering
    2. SMFS - Software/Driver managed flow steering.

    In the DMFS mode, the HW steering entities are created through the
    FW. In the SMFS mode this entities are created though the driver
    directly.

    The driver will use the devlink steering mode only if the steering
    domain supports it, for now SMFS will manages only the switchdev
    eswitch steering domain.

    User command examples:
    - Set SMFS flow steering mode::

        $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode value "smfs" cmode runtime

    - Read device flow steering mode::

        $ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode
          pci/0000:06:00.0:
          name flow_steering_mode type driver-specific
          values:
             cmode runtime value smfs
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-03 21:46:13 -07:00
Brett Creeley
cd186e5151 ice: Only disable VLAN pruning for the VF when all VLANs are removed
Currently if the VF adds a VLAN, VLAN pruning will be enabled for that VSI.
Also, when a VLAN gets deleted it will disable VLAN pruning even if other
VLAN(s) exists for the VF. Fix this by only disabling VLAN pruning on the
VF VSI when removing the last VF (i.e. vf->num_vlan == 0).

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 17:17:13 -07:00
Michal Swiatkowski
03bba02016 ice: Remove enable DCB when SW LLDP is activated
Remove code that enables DCB in initialization when SW LLDP is
activated. DCB flag is set or reset before in ice_init_pf_dcb
based on number of TCs. So there is not need to overwrite it.

Setting DCB without checking number of TCs can cause communication
problems with other cards. Host card sends packet with VLAN priority
tag, but client card doesn't strip this tag and ping doesn't work.

Signed-off-by: Michal Swiatkowski <michal.swiatkowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 17:14:37 -07:00
Dave Ertman
3d57fd10f2 ice: Report stats when VSI is down
There is currently a check in get_ndo_stats that
returns before updating stats if the VSI is down
or there are no Tx or Rx queues.  This causes the
netdev to report zero stats with the netdev is down.

Remove the check so that the behavior of reporting
stats is the same as it was in IXGBE.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 17:07:50 -07:00
Mitch Williams
06914ac20a ice: Always notify FW of VF reset
The call to ice_dis_vsi_txq() acts as the notification to the firmware
that the VF is being reset. Because of this, we need to make this call
every time we reset, regardless of whatever else we do to stop the Tx
queues.

Without this change, VF resets would fail to complete on interfaces that
were up and running.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 17:04:14 -07:00
Dave Ertman
473ca57488 ice: Correctly handle return values for init DCB
In the init path for DCB, the call to ice_init_dcb()
can return a non-zero value for either an actual
error, or due to the FW lldp engine being stopped.

We are currently treating all non-zero values only as
an indication that the FW LLDP engine is stopped.

Check for an actual error in the DCB init flow.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 17:02:23 -07:00
Usha Ketineni
a257f188b7 ice: Limit Max TCs on devices with more than 4 ports
This patch limits the max TCs set by the driver to the value provided by
the firmware as per the capabilities of the device. Otherwise, hard coding
to 8 TC max would fail the device configurations with more than 4 ports.

Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:35:58 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
6a025730e0 ice: Cleanup defines in ice_type.h
Conventionally, if the #defines/other are not needed by other header
files being included, #includes are done first followed by #defines
and other stuff. Move the #defines before the #includes to follow this
convention.

Suggested by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:32:30 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
2e0ab37c04 ice: print extra message if topology issue
The driver needs to inform the user if there is an issue
with the topology / configuration of the link.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:27:45 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
432609887a ice: add print of autoneg state to link message
Print the state of auto-negotiation when printing the Link
up message.  Adds new text to the "NIC Link is up" line like
Autoneg: <True | False>

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:25:34 -07:00
Bruce Allan
7404e84a23 ice: update driver unloading field for Queue Shutdown AQ command
According to recent specification versions, the field in the Queue Shutdown
AdminQ command consisting of the "driver unloading" indication is not a 4
byte field (it is byte.bit 16.0).  Change it to a byte and remove the
unnecessary endian conversion.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:23:35 -07:00
Bruce Allan
18057cb357 ice: add needed PFR during driver unload
According to the specification, a PF Reset must be done as part of the
driver unload flow.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:18:52 -07:00
Chinh T Cao
d24ef08a9d ice: Deduce TSA value from the priority value in the CEE mode
In CEE mode, the TSA information can be derived from the reported
priority value.

Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:16:36 -07:00
Brett Creeley
567af267fa ice: Report what the user set for coalesce [tx|rx]-usecs
Currently if the user sets an odd value for [tx|rx]-usecs we align the
value because the hardware only understands ITR values in multiples of
2. This seems misleading because we are essentially telling the user
that the ITR value is odd, when in fact we have changed it internally.
Fix this by reporting that setting odd ITR values is not allowed.

Also, while making changes to ice_set_rc_coalesce() I noticed a bit of
code/error duplication. Make the necessary changes to remove the
duplication.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:11:10 -07:00
Jeb Cramer
8132e17dfb ice: Fix resource leak in ice_remove_rule_internal()
We don't free s_rule if ice_aq_sw_rules() returns a non-zero status.  If
it returned a zero status, s_rule would be freed right after, so this
implies it should be freed within the scope of the function regardless.

Signed-off-by: Jeb Cramer <jeb.j.cramer@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 16:08:54 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
03af840650 ice: Fix EMP reset handling
ice_reset_subtask needs to handle EMP resets as well, as EMP resets
can be triggered by the firmware. This patch adds the logic to do
this.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-09-03 13:47:12 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
e890acd5ff net/mlx5: Add devlink flow_steering_mode parameter
Add new parameter (flow_steering_mode) to control the flow steering
mode of the driver.
Two modes are supported:
1. DMFS - Device managed flow steering
2. SMFS - Software/Driver managed flow steering.

In the DMFS mode, the HW steering entities are created through the
FW. In the SMFS mode this entities are created though the driver
directly.

The driver will use the devlink steering mode only if the steering
domain supports it, for now SMFS will manages only the switchdev eswitch
steering domain.

User command examples:
- Set SMFS flow steering mode::

    $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode value "smfs" cmode runtime

- Read device flow steering mode::

    $ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name flow_steering_mode
      pci/0000:06:00.0:
      name flow_steering_mode type driver-specific
      values:
         cmode runtime value smfs

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:24 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
8463daf17e net/mlx5: Add support to use SMFS in switchdev mode
In case that flow steering mode of the driver is SMFS (Software Managed
Flow Steering), then use the DR (SW steering) API to create the steering
objects.

In addition, add a call to the set peer namespace when switchdev gets
devcom pair event. It is required to support VF LAG in SMFS.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:24 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
38b9d1c62a net/mlx5: Add API to set the namespace steering mode
Add API to set the flow steering root namesapce mode.
Setting new mode should be called before any steering operation
is executed on the namespace.
This API is going to be used by steering users such switchdev.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:24 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
6a48faeeca net/mlx5: Add direct rule fs_cmd implementation
Add support to create flow steering objects
via direct rule API (SW steering).
New layer is added - fs_dr, this layer translates the command that
fs_core sends to the FW into direct rule API. In case that direct
rule is not supported in some feature then -EOPNOTSUPP is
returned.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:23 -07:00
Alex Vesker
fb86f1210a net/mlx5: DR, Add CONFIG_MLX5_SW_STEERING for software steering support
Add new mlx5 Kconfig flag to allow selecting software steering
support and compile all the steering files only if the flag is
selected.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:23 -07:00
Alex Vesker
70605ea545 net/mlx5: DR, Expose APIs for direct rule managing
Expose APIs for direct rule managing to increase insertion rate by
bypassing the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:23 -07:00
Alex Vesker
c47ff7baff net/mlx5: DR, Add required FW steering functionality
SW steering is capable of doing many steering functionalities
but there are still some functionalities which are not exposed
to upper layers and therefore performed by the FW.

This is the support for recalculating checksum using a hairpin QP.
The recalculation is required after a modify TTL action which skips
the needed CS calculation in HW.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:22 -07:00
Alex Vesker
41d0707415 net/mlx5: DR, Expose steering rule functionality
Rules are the actual objects that tie matchers, header values and
actions. Each rule belongs to a matcher, which can hold multiple rules
sharing the same mask. Each rule is a specific set of values and
actions.
When a packet reaches a matcher it is being matched against the
matcher`s rules. In case of a match over a rule its actions will be
executed. Each rule object contains a set of STEs, where each STE is a
definition of match values and actions defined by the rule.
This file handles the rule operations and processing.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:22 -07:00
Alex Vesker
9db810ed2d net/mlx5: DR, Expose steering action functionality
On rule creation a set of actions can be provided, the actions describe
what to do with the packet in case of a match. It is possible to provide
a set of actions which will be done by order.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:22 -07:00
Alex Vesker
852f660bd7 net/mlx5: DR, Expose steering matcher functionality
Matcher defines which packets fields are matched when a packet arrives.
Matcher is a part of a table and can contain one or more rules. Where
rule defines specific values of the matcher's mask definition.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:21 -07:00
Alex Vesker
7838e17253 net/mlx5: DR, Expose steering table functionality
Tables are objects which are used for storing matchers, each table
belongs to a domain and defined by the domain type. When a packet
reaches the table it is being processed by each of its matchers until a
successful match. Tables can hold multiple matchers ordered by matcher
priority. Each table has a level.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:21 -07:00
Alex Vesker
4ec9e7b026 net/mlx5: DR, Expose steering domain functionality
Domain is the frame for all of the dr (direct rule) objects.
There are different domain types which also affect the object under that
domain. Each domain can hold multiple tables which can hold multiple
matchers and so on, this means that all of the dr (direct rule) objects
exist under a specific domain. The domain object also holds the
resources needed for other objects such as memory management and
communication with the device.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:21 -07:00
Alex Vesker
26d688e33f net/mlx5: DR, Add Steering entry (STE) utilities
Steering Entry (STE) object is the basic building block of the steering
map. There are several types of STEs. Each rule can be constructed of
multiple STEs. Each STE dictates which fields of the packet's header are
being matched as well as the information about the next step in map (hit
and miss pointers). The hardware gets a packet and tries to match it
against the STEs, going to either the hit pointer or the miss pointer.
This file handles the STE operations.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:21 -07:00
Alex Vesker
297cccebdc net/mlx5: DR, Expose an internal API to issue RDMA operations
Inserting or deleting a rule is done by RDMA read/write operation to SW
ICM device memory. This file provides the support for executing these
operations. It includes allocating the needed resources and providing an
API for writing steering entries to the memory.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:20 -07:00
Alex Vesker
29cf8febd1 net/mlx5: DR, ICM pool memory allocator
ICM device memory is used for writing steering rules (STEs) to the NIC.
An ICM memory pool allocator was implemented to manage the required
memory. The pool consists of buckets, a bucket per chunk size.
Once a bucket is empty we will cut a row of memory from the latest
allocated MR, if the MR size is not sufficient we will allocate a new MR.
HW design requires that chunks memory address should be aligned to the
chunk size, this is the reason for managing the MR with row size that
insures memory alignment.
Current design is greedy in memory but provides quick allocation times
in steady state.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:20 -07:00
Alex Vesker
1d9186476e net/mlx5: DR, Add direct rule command utilities
Add direct rule command utilities which consists of all the FW
commands that are executed to provide the SW steering functionality.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:20 -07:00
Alex Vesker
14c32fd17c net/mlx5: DR, Add the internal direct rule types definitions
Add the internal header file that contains various types
definition that will be used in coming patches as well as
the internal functions decelerations.

Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:19 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
2b688ea5ef net/mlx5: Add flow steering actions to fs_cmd shim layer
Add flow steering actions: modify header and packet reformat
to the fs_cmd shim layer. This allows each namespace to define
possibly different functionality for alloc/dealloc action commands.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-03 12:54:19 -07:00
Hui Peng
8b51dc7291 rsi: fix a double free bug in rsi_91x_deinit()
`dev` (struct rsi_91x_usbdev *) field of adapter
(struct rsi_91x_usbdev *) is allocated  and initialized in
`rsi_init_usb_interface`. If any error is detected in information
read from the device side,  `rsi_init_usb_interface` will be
freed. However, in the higher level error handling code in
`rsi_probe`, if error is detected, `rsi_91x_deinit` is called
again, in which `dev` will be freed again, resulting double free.

This patch fixes the double free by removing the free operation on
`dev` in `rsi_init_usb_interface`, because `rsi_91x_deinit` is also
used in `rsi_disconnect`, in that code path, the `dev` field is not
 (and thus needs to be) freed.

This bug was found in v4.19, but is also present in the latest version
of kernel. Fixes CVE-2019-15504.

Reported-by: Hui Peng <benquike@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Mathias Payer <mathias.payer@nebelwelt.net>
Signed-off-by: Hui Peng <benquike@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:54:48 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
13fa451568 Revert "rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band"
This reverts commit 9ad3b55654.

As reported by Sergey:

"I got some problem after upgrade kernel to 5.2 version (debian testing
linux-image-5.2.0-2-amd64). 5Ghz client  stopped to see AP.
Some tests with 1metre distance between client-AP: 2.4Ghz  -22dBm, for
5Ghz - 53dBm !, for longer distance (8m + walls) 2.4 - 61dBm, 5Ghz not
visible."

It was identified that rx signal level degradation was caused by
9ad3b55654 ("rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band").
So revert this commit.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v5.1+
Reported-and-tested-by: Sergey Maranchuk <slav0nic0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:52:22 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
14d5e14c8a rt2x00: clear up IV's on key removal
After looking at code I realized that my previous fix
9584412438 ("rt2x00: clear IV's on start to fix AP mode regression")
was incomplete. We can still have wrong IV's after re-keyring.
To fix that, clear up IV's also on key removal.

Fixes: 710e6cc159 ("rt2800: do not nullify initialization vector data")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
tested-by: Emil Karlson <jekarl@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:51:30 +03:00
Luca Coelho
968dcfb490 iwlwifi: assign directly to iwl_trans->cfg in QuZ detection
We were erroneously assigning the new configuration to a local
variable cfg, but that was not being assigned to anything, so the
change was getting lost.  Assign directly to iwl_trans->cfg instead.

Fixes: 5a8c31aa63 ("iwlwifi: pcie: fix recognition of QuZ devices")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 5.2
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:50:59 +03:00
Wen Huang
7caac62ed5 mwifiex: Fix three heap overflow at parsing element in cfg80211_ap_settings
mwifiex_update_vs_ie(),mwifiex_set_uap_rates() and
mwifiex_set_wmm_params() call memcpy() without checking
the destination size.Since the source is given from
user-space, this may trigger a heap buffer overflow.

Fix them by putting the length check before performing memcpy().

This fix addresses CVE-2019-14814,CVE-2019-14815,CVE-2019-14816.

Signed-off-by: Wen Huang <huangwenabc@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.comg>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:50:21 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
70702265a0 mt76: mt76x0e: disable 5GHz band for MT7630E
MT7630E hardware does support 5GHz, but we do not properly configure phy
for 5GHz channels. Scanning at this band not only do not show any APs
but also can hang the firmware.

Since vendor reference driver do not support 5GHz we don't know how
properly configure 5GHz channels. So disable this band for MT7630E .

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:49:29 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
34b0e9b767 mt76: mt76x0e: don't use hw encryption for MT7630E
Since 41634aa8d6 ("mt76: only schedule txqs from the tx tasklet")
I can observe firmware hangs on MT7630E on station mode: tx stop
functioning after minor activity (rx keep working) and on module
unload device fail to stop with messages:

[ 5446.141413] mt76x0e 0000:06:00.0: TX DMA did not stop
[ 5449.176764] mt76x0e 0000:06:00.0: TX DMA did not stop

Loading module again results in failure to associate with AP.
Only machine power off / power on cycle can make device work again.

It's unclear why commit 41634aa8d6 causes the problem, but it is
related to HW encryption. Since issue is a firmware hang, that is super
hard to debug, just disable HW encryption as fix for the issue.

Fixes: 41634aa8d6 ("mt76: only schedule txqs from the tx tasklet")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:48:43 +03:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
84b0b66352 zd1211rw: zd_usb: Use struct_size() helper
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:

struct usb_int_regs {
	...
        struct reg_data regs[0];
} __packed;

Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.

So, replace the following function:

static int usb_int_regs_length(unsigned int count)
{
       return sizeof(struct usb_int_regs) + count * sizeof(struct reg_data);
}

with:

struct_size(regs, regs, count)

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:45:35 +03:00
Rafał Miłecki
82f93cf46d brcmfmac: get chip's default RAM info during PCIe setup
Getting RAM info just once per driver's lifetime (during chip
recognition) is not enough as it may get adjusted later (depending on
the used firmware). Subsequent inits may load different firmwares so a
full RAM recognition is required on every PCIe setup. This is especially
important since implementing hardware reset on a firmware crash.

Moreover calling brcmf_chip_get_raminfo() makes sure that RAM core is
up. It's important as having BCMA_CORE_SYS_MEM down on BCM4366 was
resulting in firmware failing to initialize and following error:
[   65.657546] brcmfmac 0000:01:00.0: brcmf_pcie_download_fw_nvram: Invalid shared RAM address 0x04000001

This change makes brcmf_chip_get_raminfo() call during chip recognition
redundant for PCIe devices but SDIO and USB still need it and it's a
very small overhead anyway.

Fixes: 4684997d9e ("brcmfmac: reset PCIe bus on a firmware crash")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:44:56 +03:00
Xulin Sun
5f42b382ea brcmfmac: replace strncpy() by strscpy()
The strncpy() may truncate the copied string,
replace it by the safer strscpy().

To avoid below compile warning with gcc 8.2:

drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.c:In function 'brcmf_vndr_ie':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.c:4227:2:
warning: 'strncpy' output truncated before terminating nul copying 3 bytes from a string of the same length [-Wstringop-truncation]
  strncpy(iebuf, add_del_cmd, VNDR_IE_CMD_LEN - 1);
  ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Xulin Sun <xulin.sun@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:41:53 +03:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
567a9b766b rt2x00: do not set IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK on tx status
According to documentation IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK is suppose
to be used when we do not recive BA (BlockAck). However on rt2x00 we
use it when remote station fail to decode one or more subframes within
AMPDU (some bits are not set in BlockAck bitmap). Setting the flag result
in sent of BAR (BlockAck Request) frame and this might result of abuse
of BA session, since remote station can sent BA with incorrect
sequence numbers after receiving BAR. This problem is visible especially
when connecting two rt2800 devices.

Previously I observed some performance benefits when using the flag
when connecting with iwlwifi devices. But currently possibly due
to reacent changes in rt2x00 removing the flag has no effect on
those test cases.

So remove the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:41:15 +03:00
Colin Ian King
14aba89386 ipw2x00: fix spelling mistake "initializationg" -> "initialization"
There is a spelling mistake in an IPW_DEBUG_INFO message. Fix it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:40:02 +03:00
Wenwen Wang
145a32fe57 airo: fix memory leaks
In proc_BSSList_open(), 'file->private_data' is allocated through kzalloc()
and 'data->rbuffer' is allocated through kmalloc(). In the following
execution, if an error occurs, they are not deallocated, leading to memory
leaks. To fix this issue, free the allocated memory regions before
returning the error.

Signed-off-by: Wenwen Wang <wenwen@cs.uga.edu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:39:33 +03:00
Oliver Neukum
7a2eb7367f zd1211rw: remove false assertion from zd_mac_clear()
The function is called before the lock which is asserted was ever used.
Just remove it.

Reported-by: syzbot+74c65761783d66a9c97c@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:38:58 +03:00
Colin Ian King
73c742bb9c brcmfmac: remove redundant assignment to pointer hash
The pointer hash is being initialized with a value that is never read
and is being re-assigned a little later on. The assignment is
redundant and hence can be removed.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:38:23 +03:00
Jia-Ju Bai
b80df89f39 brcm80211: Avoid possible null-pointer dereferences in wlc_phy_radio_init_2056()
In wlc_phy_radio_init_2056(), regs_SYN_2056_ptr, regs_TX_2056_ptr and
regs_RX_2056_ptr may be not assigned, and thus they are still NULL.
Then, they are used on lines 20042-20050:
    wlc_phy_init_radio_regs(pi, regs_SYN_2056_ptr, (u16) RADIO_2056_SYN);
	wlc_phy_init_radio_regs(pi, regs_TX_2056_ptr, (u16) RADIO_2056_TX0);
	wlc_phy_init_radio_regs(pi, regs_TX_2056_ptr, (u16) RADIO_2056_TX1);
	wlc_phy_init_radio_regs(pi, regs_RX_2056_ptr, (u16) RADIO_2056_RX0);
	wlc_phy_init_radio_regs(pi, regs_RX_2056_ptr, (u16) RADIO_2056_RX1);

Thus, possible null-pointer dereferences may occur.

To avoid these bugs, when these variables are not assigned,
wlc_phy_radio_init_2056() directly returns.

Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:37:22 +03:00
Yu-Yen Ting
7906690345 rtw88: pci: enable MSI interrupt
MSI interrupt should be enabled on certain platform.

Add a module parameter disable_msi to disable MSI interrupt,
driver will then use legacy interrupt instead.

One could rebind the PCI device, probe() will pick up the
new value of the module parameter. Such as:

    echo '0000:01:00.0' > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/rtw_pci/unbind
    echo '0000:01:00.0' > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/rtw_pci/bind

Tested-by: Ján Veselý <jano.vesely@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Drake <drake@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Yu-Yen Ting <steventing@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:36:43 +03:00
Jian-Hong Pan
b3d07736b3 rtw88: pci: Move a mass of jobs in hw IRQ to soft IRQ
There is a mass of jobs between spin lock and unlock in the hardware
IRQ which will occupy much time originally. To make system work more
efficiently, this patch moves the jobs to the soft IRQ (bottom half) to
reduce the time in hardware IRQ.

Signed-off-by: Jian-Hong Pan <jian-hong@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:36:42 +03:00
Colin Ian King
9f7d65fb39 rtw88: remove redundant assignment to pointer debugfs_topdir
Pointer debugfs_topdir is initialized to a value that is never read
and it is re-assigned later. The initialization is redundant and can
be removed.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:36:08 +03:00
Guenter Roeck
d74d0767b9 rtw88: drop unused rtw_coex_coex_dm_reset()
0day reports:

sparse warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtw88/coex.c:2457:6: sparse:
	symbol 'rtw_coex_coex_dm_reset' was not declared. Should it be static?

rtw_coex_coex_dm_reset() is not called. Remove it.

Fixes: 4136214f7c ("rtw88: add BT co-existence support")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <groeck@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:35:41 +03:00
Dan Carpenter
52929cad32 rtw88: Fix an error message
The WARN_ON() macro takes a condition, not a warning message.  I've
changed this to use WARN() instead.

Fixes: 4136214f7c ("rtw88: add BT co-existence support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:35:08 +03:00
Larry Finger
fe025ef7d0 rtlwifi: rtl8192ce: Fix incorrect returned values
In commit 98fd8db59a ("rtlwifi: rtl8192ce: Convert macros that set
descriptor"), all the routines that get fields from a descriptor
were changed to return signed integer values. This is incorrect for the
routines that get the entire 32-bit word. In this case, an unsigned
quantity is required.

Fixes: 98fd8db59a ("rtlwifi: rtl8192ce: Convert macros that set descriptor")
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:34:25 +03:00
Larry Finger
38fcdcbd3d rtlwifi: rtl8188ee: Fix incorrect returned values
In commit 36eda7568f ("rtlwifi: rtl8188ee: Convert macros that set
descriptor"), all the routines that get fields from a descriptor were
changed to return signed integer values. This is incorrect for the
routines that get the entire 32-bit word. In this case, an unsigned
quantity is required.

Fixes: 36eda7568f ("rtlwifi: rtl8188ee: Convert macros that set descriptor")
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:34:24 +03:00
Larry Finger
3bf404b470 rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Fix incorrect returned values
In commit bd421dab75 ("rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Convert macros that set
descriptor"), all the routines that get fields from a descriptor
were changed to return signed integer values. This is incorrect for the
routines that get the entire 32-bit word. In this case, an unsigned
quantity is required.

Fixes: bd421dab75 ("rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Convert macros that set descriptor")
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:34:23 +03:00
Larry Finger
afd708f74f rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Convert inline routines to little-endian words
In this step, the read/write routines for the descriptors are converted
to use __le32 quantities, thus a lot of casts can be removed. Callback
routines still use the 8-bit arrays, but these are changed within the
specified routine.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:32:18 +03:00
Larry Finger
3925ae06ba rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Convert macros that set descriptor
As a first step in the conversion, the macros that set the RX and TX
descriptors are converted to static inline routines, and the names are
changed from upper to lower case. To minimize the changes in a given
step, the input descriptor information is left as as a byte array
(u8 *), even though it should be a little-endian word array (__le32 *).
That will be changed in the next patch.

Several places where checkpatch.pl complains about a space after a cast
and other warnings are fixed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:32:17 +03:00
Larry Finger
0814204900 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Replace local bit manipulation macros
This driver uses a set of local macros to manipulate the TX and RX
descriptors, which are all little-endian quantities. These macros
are replaced by the bitfield macros le32p_replace_bits() and
le32_get_bits(). In several places, the macros operated on an entire
32-bit word. In these cases, a direct read or replacement is used.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:32:16 +03:00
Larry Finger
4170941ed1 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Remove unused GET_XXX and SET_XXX
As the first step in converting from macros that get/set information
in the RX and TX descriptors, unused macros are being removed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:32:16 +03:00
Larry Finger
9dc35d8a55 rtlwifi: rtl8192ee: Remove some variable initializations
A number of variables are initialized when declared that set later in the
routine, thus the initialization can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:48 +03:00
Larry Finger
200e8bd4df rtlwifi: rtl8192ee: Convert inline routines to little-endian words
In this step, the read/write routines for the descriptors are converted
to use __le32 quantities, thus a lot of casts can be removed. Callback
routines still use the 8-bit arrays, but these are changed within the
specified routine.

The macro that cleared a descriptor has now been converted into an inline
routine.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:47 +03:00
Larry Finger
7f1c7460e9 rtlwifi: rtl8192ee: Convert macros that set descriptor
As a first step in the conversion, the macros that set the RX and TX
descriptors are converted to static inline routines, and the names are
changed from upper to lower case. To minimize the changes in a given
step, the input descriptor information is left as as a byte array
(u8 *), even though it should be a little-endian word array (__le32 *).
That will be changed in the next patch.

Several places where checkpatch.pl reports lines too long are fixed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:46 +03:00
Larry Finger
11f92ca147 rtlwifi: rtl8192ee: Replace local bit manipulation macros
This driver uses a set of local macros to manipulate the RX and TX
descriptors, which are all little-endian quantities. These macros
are replaced by the bitfield macros le32p_replace_bits() and
le32_get_bits(). In several places, the macros operated on an entire
32-bit word. In these cases, a direct read or replacement is used.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:45 +03:00
Larry Finger
8ef113ff0f rtlwifi: rtl8192ee: Remove unused GET_XXX and SET_XXX
As the first step in converting from macros that get/set information
in the RX and TX descriptors, unused macros are being removed.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:44 +03:00
Larry Finger
8cc782cd99 rtlwifi: rtl_pci: Fix memory leak when hardware init fails
If the call to hw_init() fails for any of the drivers, the driver will
leak memory that was allocated in BT coexistence setup. Technically, each
of the drivers should have done this free; however placing it in rtl_pci
fixes all the drivers with only a single patch.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:30:04 +03:00
YueHaibing
84d31d3b62 rtlwifi: remove unused variables 'RTL8712_SDIO_EFUSE_TABLE' and 'MAX_PGPKT_SIZE'
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/efuse.c:16:31:
 warning: RTL8712_SDIO_EFUSE_TABLE defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/efuse.c:9:17:
 warning: MAX_PGPKT_SIZE defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]

They are never used, so can be removed.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:28:37 +03:00
Larry Finger
01bb31de52 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Fix value set in descriptor
In the process of converting the bit manipulation macros were converted
to use GENMASK(), the compiler reported a value too big for the field.
The offending statement was trying to write 0x100 into a 5-bit field.
An accompaning comment says to set bit 3, thus the code is changed
appropriately.

This error has been in the driver since its initial submission.

Fixes: 29d00a3e46 ("rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Add routine trx")
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:28:13 +03:00
Valdis Klētnieks
b6326fc025 rtlwifi: fix non-kerneldoc comment in usb.c
Fix spurious warning message when building with W=1:

  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/usb.o
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/usb.c:243: warning: Cannot understand  * on line 243 - I thought it was a doc line
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/usb.c:760: warning: Cannot understand  * on line 760 - I thought it was a doc line
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/usb.c:790: warning: Cannot understand  * on line 790 - I thought it was a doc line

Clean up the comment format.

Signed-off-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-03 16:06:12 +03:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
13ecee77fa can: dev: can_dev_init(): convert from printk(KERN_INFO) to pr_info
This patch converts the printk(KERN_INFO) in can_dev_init() to
pr_info().

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
d36673f591 can: dev: can_dellink(): remove return at end of void function
This patch remove the return at the end of the void function
can_dellink().

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
f59d7824bf can: dev: can_restart(): convert NULL pointer check
This patch converts the NULL pointer check in can_restart() form "skb ==
NULL" to "!skb".

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
d726c01aa7 can: dev: remove unnecessary blank line
This patch removes unnecessary blank lines, so that checkpatch doesn't
complain anymore.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
39fe6fd5fb can: dev: remove unnecessary parentheses
This patch removes unnecessary parentheses from the generic CAN device
infrastructure.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
d7bda73070 can: dev: avoid long lines
This patch fixes long lines in the generic CAN device infrastructure.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:28:13 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
ee9a5f5e55 can: dev: convert block comments to network style comments
This patch converts all block comments to network subsystem style block
comments.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Andy Shevchenko
761a615917 can: mcp251x: Call wrapper instead of regulator_disable()
There is no need to check for regulator presence in the ->suspend()
since a wrapper does it for us. Due to this we may unconditionally set
AFTER_SUSPEND_POWER flag.

Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Andy Shevchenko
8de29a5c34 can: mcp251x: Make use of device property API
Make use of device property API in this driver so that both OF based
system and ACPI based system can use this driver.

Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Andy Shevchenko
b4cb76961c can: mcp251x: Use devm_clk_get_optional() to get the input clock
Simplify the code which fetches the input clock by using
devm_clk_get_optional(). This comes with a small functional change: previously
all errors were ignored when platform data is present. Now all errors are
treated as errors. If no input clock is present devm_clk_get_optional() will
return NULL instead of an error which matches the behavior of the old code.

Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Marc Kleine-Budde
f6cae800bf can: mcp251x: remove deprecated board file setup example
In the pre device-tree ARM aera there were board files that configured
the system (instead of a device tree). A "struct spi_board_info" was
used to describe the SPI bus.

As new systems should be described via device trees, this patch removes
the board setup example from the driver. The "struct
mcp251x_platform_data" cannot be removed completely, as there are still
some in-tree users of this file.

Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Dan Murphy
81f29dd304 can: tcan4x5x: Remove checking the wake pin
Remove checking the wake pin for every read/write call.
The device is not explicitly put to sleep in the code
and the POR interrupt is cleared during the init of
the device.

Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Dan Murphy
be1d28424a can: tcan4x5x: Remove data-ready gpio interrupt
Remove the data-ready gpio interrupt handling and use the spi->irq
that is created based on the interrupt DT property.

Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Christer Beskow
ec44dd5790 can: kvaser_pciefd: the PWM generator is running at the bus frequency of the system.
The system clock frequency for the bus connected to the PCIe controller
shall be used when calculating the frequency of the PWM, not the CAN
system clock frequency.

Signed-off-by: Christer Beskow <chbe@kvaser.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
2019-09-03 10:23:57 +02:00
Matteo Croce
7d04b0b13b mvpp2: percpu buffers
Every mvpp2 unit can use up to 8 buffers mapped by the BM (the HW buffer
manager). The HW will place the frames in the buffer pool depending on the
frame size: short (< 128 bytes), long (< 1664) or jumbo (up to 9856).

As any unit can have up to 4 ports, the driver allocates only 2 pools,
one for small and one long frames, and share them between ports.
When the first port MTU is set higher than 1664 bytes, a third pool is
allocated for jumbo frames.

This shared allocation makes impossible to use percpu allocators,
and creates contention between HW queues.

If possible, i.e. if the number of possible CPU are less than 8 and jumbo
frames are not used, switch to a new scheme: allocate 8 per-cpu pools for
short and long frames and bind every pool to an RXQ.

When the first port MTU is set higher than 1664 bytes, the allocation
scheme is reverted to the old behaviour (3 shared pools), and when all
ports MTU are lowered, the per-cpu buffers are allocated again.

Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-02 12:07:46 -07:00
Matteo Croce
136163618e mvpp2: refactor BM pool functions
Refactor mvpp2_bm_pool_create(), mvpp2_bm_pool_destroy() and
mvpp2_bm_pools_init() so that they accept a struct device instead
of a struct platform_device, as they just need platform_device->dev.

Removing such dependency makes the BM code more reusable in context
where we don't have a pointer to the platform_device.

Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-02 12:07:46 -07:00
Yizhuo
e33b4325e6 net: stmmac: dwmac-sun8i: Variable "val" in function sun8i_dwmac_set_syscon() could be uninitialized
In function sun8i_dwmac_set_syscon(), local variable "val" could
be uninitialized if function regmap_field_read() returns -EINVAL.
However, it will be used directly in the if statement, which
is potentially unsafe.

Signed-off-by: Yizhuo <yzhai003@ucr.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-02 11:48:15 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
a21cf11bc5 mlx5: Add missing init_net check in FIB notifier
Take only FIB events that are happening in init_net into account. No other
namespaces are supported.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-02 11:44:14 -07:00
David S. Miller
765b7590c9 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net
r8152 conflicts are the NAPI fixes in 'net' overlapping with
some tasklet stuff in net-next

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-02 11:20:17 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
a06ebb8d95 Merge branch 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
Merge mlx5-next patches needed for upcoming mlx5 software steering.

1) Alex adds HW bits and definitions required for SW steering
2) Ariel moves device memory management to mlx5_core (From mlx5_ib)
3) Maor, Cleanups and fixups for eswitch mode and RoCE
4) Mark, Set only stag for match untagged packets

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-02 00:16:05 -07:00
Mark Bloch
fc60329426 net/mlx5: Set only stag for match untagged packets
cvlan_tag enabled in match criteria and disabled in
match value means both S & C tags don't exist (untagged of both).

Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-01 23:44:42 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb
3a6ef5158d net/mlx5: Avoid disabling RoCE when uninitialized
Move the check if RoCE steering is initialized to the
disable RoCE function, it will ensure that we disable
RoCE only if we succeeded in enabling it before.

Fixes: 80f09dfc23 ("net/mlx5: Eswitch, enable RoCE loopback traffic")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-01 23:44:42 -07:00
Ariel Levkovich
c9b9dcb430 net/mlx5: Move device memory management to mlx5_core
Move the device memory allocation and deallocation commands
SW ICM memory to mlx5_core to expose this API for all
mlx5_core users.

This comes as preparation for supporting SW steering in kernel
where it will be required to allocate and register device
memory for direct rule insertion.

In addition, an API to register this device memory for future
remote access operations is introduced using the create_mkey
commands.

Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-09-01 23:44:41 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
45de77ff82 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: centralize SERDES IRQ handling
The .serdes_irq_setup are all following the same steps: get the SERDES
lane, get the IRQ mapping, request the IRQ, then enable it. So do
the .serdes_irq_free implementations: get the SERDES lane, disable
the IRQ, then free it.

This patch removes these operations in favor of generic functions.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
907b9b9fca net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .serdes_irq_status
Introduce a new .serdes_irq_status operation to prepare the abstraction
of IRQ thread from the SERDES IRQ setup code.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
61a46b4147 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .serdes_irq_enable
Introduce a new .serdes_irq_enable operation to prepare the abstraction
of IRQ enabling from the SERDES IRQ setup code.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
dc272f600e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: pass lane to .serdes_power
Now the first step of all .serdes_power implementations is getting
the lane mapping. Since we have an operation for that, call it in
the wrapper and pass the lane down to the .serdes_power operation.

This also allows to avoid querying the SERDES lane twice in
mv88e6xxx_port_set_cmode.

At the same time provide mv88e6xxx_serdes_power_{up,down} helpers
and prefer up/down instead of on/off as in the documentation.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
6600d8e582 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: merge mv88e6352_serdes_power_set
The mv88e6352_serdes_power_set helper is only used at one place, in
mv88e6352_serdes_power. Keep it simple and merge the two functions
together.

Use mv88e6xxx_serdes_get_lane instead of mv88e6352_port_has_serdes
to avoid moving code. No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
9db4a7257e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: implement mv88e6352_serdes_get_lane
Even though 88E6352 has no dedicated lane for SERDES interfaces, it
uses a similar code as the other .serdes_get_lane implementations to
check the port's CMODE and ensure that SERDES operations are doable.

For consistency, implement mv88e6352_serdes_get_lane for the 88E6352
and similar switches which simply returns an unused 0xff lane address.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:38 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
5122d4ec9e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: simplify .serdes_get_lane
Because the mapping between a SERDES interface and its lane is static,
we don't need to stick with negative error codes actually and we can
simply return 0 if there is no lane, just like the IRQ mapping.

This way we can keep a simple and intuitive API using unsigned lane
numbers while simplifying the implementations with single return
statements. Last but not least, fix the reverse chrismas tree in
mv88e6390x_serdes_get_lane.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:37 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
4241ef5237 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: introduce .serdes_irq_mapping
Introduce a new .serdes_irq_mapping operation to prepare the
abstraction of IRQ mapping from the SERDES IRQ setup code.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:37 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
f441ed0f4c net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix SERDES IRQ mapping
The current mv88e6xxx SERDES code checks for negative error code from
irq_find_mapping, while this function returns an unsigned integer. This
patch removes this dead code and simply returns 0 is no IRQ is found.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:37 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
946bc2509e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: check errors in mv88e6352_serdes_irq_link
The mv88e6352_serdes_irq_link helper is not checking for any error that
may occur during hardware accesses. Worst, the "up" boolean is set from
the potentially unused "status" variable, if read operations failed.

As done in mv88e6390_serdes_irq_link_sgmii, return right away and do
not call dsa_port_phylink_mac_change if an error occurred.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:16:37 -07:00
YueHaibing
b943e03341 net: hns3: remove set but not used variable 'qos'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c: In function 'hclge_restore_vlan_table':
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c:8016:18: warning:
 variable 'qos' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: 70a214903d ("net: hns3: reduce the parameters of some functions")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:12:59 -07:00
Colin Ian King
bdad7529ee net: hns3: remove redundant assignment to pointer reg_info
Pointer reg_info is being initialized with a value that is never read and
is being re-assigned a little later on. The assignment is redundant
and hence can be removed.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:12:16 -07:00
Christophe JAILLET
e1e54ec7fb net: seeq: Fix the function used to release some memory in an error handling path
In commit 99cd149efe ("sgiseeq: replace use of dma_cache_wback_inv"),
a call to 'get_zeroed_page()' has been turned into a call to
'dma_alloc_coherent()'. Only the remove function has been updated to turn
the corresponding 'free_page()' into 'dma_free_attrs()'.
The error hndling path of the probe function has not been updated.

Fix it now.

Rename the corresponding label to something more in line.

Fixes: 99cd149efe ("sgiseeq: replace use of dma_cache_wback_inv")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 12:10:11 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
dc161162e4 r8169: don't set bit RxVlan on RTL8125
RTL8125 uses a different register for VLAN offloading config,
therefore don't set bit RxVlan.

Fixes: f1bce4ad2f ("r8169: add support for RTL8125")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-01 11:37:36 -07:00
Christophe JAILLET
dd7078f05e enetc: Add missing call to 'pci_free_irq_vectors()' in probe and remove functions
Call to 'pci_free_irq_vectors()' are missing both in the error handling
path of the probe function, and in the remove function.
Add them.

Fixes: 19971f5ea0 ("enetc: add PTP clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 23:53:17 -07:00
Ryan M. Collins
dd1bf47a84 net: bcmgenet: use ethtool_op_get_ts_info()
This change enables the use of SW timestamping on the Raspberry Pi 4.

bcmgenet's transmit function bcmgenet_xmit() implements software
timestamping. However the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE capability was
missing and only SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE was announced. By using
ethtool_ops bcmgenet_ethtool_ops() as get_ts_info(), the
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE capability is announced.

Similar to commit a8f5cb9e79 ("smsc95xx: use ethtool_op_get_ts_info()")

Signed-off-by: Ryan M. Collins <rmc032@bucknell.edu>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 23:51:19 -07:00
Razvan Stefanescu
d9033ae95c net: dsa: microchip: add KSZ8563 compatibility string
It is a 3-Port 10/100 Ethernet Switch with 1588v2 PTP.

Signed-off-by: Razvan Stefanescu <razvan.stefanescu@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 23:36:37 -07:00
Dmitry Bogdanov
be6cef69ba net: aquantia: fix out of memory condition on rx side
On embedded environments with hard memory limits it is a normal although
rare case when skb can't be allocated on rx part under high traffic.

In such OOM cases napi_complete_done() was not called.
So the napi object became in an invalid state like it is "scheduled".
Kernel do not re-schedules the poll of that napi object.

Consequently, kernel can not remove that object the system hangs on
`ifconfig down` waiting for a poll.

We are fixing this by gracefully closing napi poll routine with correct
invocation of napi_complete_done.

This was reproduced with artificially failing the allocation of skb to
simulate an "out of memory" error case and check that traffic does
not get stuck.

Fixes: 970a2e9864 ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Vector operations")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dmitry.bogdanov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 19:07:11 -07:00
Igor Russkikh
5c47e3ba6f net: aquantia: linkstate irq should be oneshot
Declaring threaded irq handler should also indicate the irq is
oneshot. It is oneshot indeed, because HW implements irq automasking
on trigger.

Not declaring this causes some kernel configurations to fail
on interface up, because request_threaded_irq returned an err code.

The issue was originally hidden on normal x86_64 configuration with
latest kernel, because depending on interrupt controller, irq driver
added ONESHOT flag on its own.

Issue was observed on older kernels (4.14) where no such logic exists.

Fixes: 4c83f170b3 ("net: aquantia: link status irq handling")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reported-by: Michael Symolkin <Michael.Symolkin@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 19:07:11 -07:00
Dmitry Bogdanov
c2ef057ee7 net: aquantia: reapply vlan filters on up
In case of device reconfiguration the driver may reset the device invisible
for other modules, vlan module in particular. So vlans will not be
removed&created and vlan filters will not be configured in the device.
The patch reapplies the vlan filters at device start.

Fixes: 7975d2aff5 ("net: aquantia: add support of rx-vlan-filter offload")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dmitry.bogdanov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 19:07:11 -07:00
Dmitry Bogdanov
392349f601 net: aquantia: fix limit of vlan filters
Fix a limit condition of vlans on the interface before setting vlan
promiscuous mode

Fixes: 48dd73d08d ("net: aquantia: fix vlans not working over bridged network")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dmitry.bogdanov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 19:07:11 -07:00
Dmitry Bogdanov
6fdc060d74 net: aquantia: fix removal of vlan 0
Due to absence of checking against the rx flow rule when vlan 0 is being
removed, the other rule could be removed instead of the rule with vlan 0

Fixes: 7975d2aff5 ("net: aquantia: add support of rx-vlan-filter offload")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dmitry.bogdanov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 19:07:10 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
849dbf0923 qede: Add support for dumping the grc data.
This patch adds driver support for configuring grc dump config flags, and
dumping the grc data via ethtool get/set-dump interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 13:32:30 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
3b86bd0762 qed: Add APIs for configuring grc dump config flags.
The patch adds driver support for configuring the grc dump config flags.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 13:32:30 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
d44a3ced70 qede: Add support for reading the config id attributes.
Add driver support for dumping the config id attributes via ethtool dump
interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 13:32:30 -07:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru
2d4c849530 qed: Add APIs for reading config id attributes.
The patch adds driver support for reading the config id attributes from NVM
flash partition.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 13:32:30 -07:00
George McCollister
5f81d54555 net: dsa: microchip: fill regmap_config name
Use the register value width as the regmap_config name to prevent the
following error when the second and third regmap_configs are
initialized.
 "debugfs: Directory '${bus-id}' with parent 'regmap' already present!"

Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-31 13:19:07 -07:00
Denis Efremov
7cf92ccb85 net/mlx5e: Remove unlikely() from WARN*() condition
"unlikely(WARN_ON_ONCE(x))" is excessive. WARN_ON_ONCE() already uses
unlikely() internally.

Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Cc: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 19:49:03 -07:00
David S. Miller
94880a5b2e Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf
Daniel Borkmann says:

====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-08-31

The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.

The main changes are:

1) Fix 32-bit zero-extension during constant blinding which
   has been causing a regression on ppc64, from Naveen.

2) Fix a latency bug in nfp driver when updating stack index
   register, from Jiong.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 17:39:37 -07:00
Michael Chan
e72cb7d624 bnxt_en: Fix compile error regression with CONFIG_BNXT_SRIOV not set.
Add a new function bnxt_get_registered_vfs() to handle the work
of getting the number of registered VFs under #ifdef CONFIG_BNXT_SRIOV.
The main code will call this function and will always work correctly
whether CONFIG_BNXT_SRIOV is set or not.

Fixes: 230d1f0de7 ("bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset.")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 17:38:24 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
282c0c798f net/mlx5e: Allow XSK frames smaller than a page
Relax the requirements to the XSK frame size to allow it to be smaller
than a page and even not a power of two. The current implementation can
work in this mode, both with Striding RQ and without it.

The code that checks `mtu + headroom <= XSK frame size` is modified
accordingly. Any frame size between 2048 and PAGE_SIZE is accepted.

Functions that worked with pages only now work with XSK frames, even if
their size is different from PAGE_SIZE.

With XSK queues, regardless of the frame size, Striding RQ uses the
stride size of PAGE_SIZE, and UMR MTTs are posted using starting
addresses of frames, but PAGE_SIZE as page size. MTU guarantees that no
packet data will overlap with other frames. UMR MTT size is made equal
to the stride size of the RQ, because UMEM frames may come in random
order, and we need to handle them one by one. PAGE_SIZE is just a power
of two that is bigger than any allowed XSK frame size, and also it
doesn't require making additional changes to the code.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
beb3e4b295 mlx5e: modify driver for handling offsets
With the addition of the unaligned chunks option, we need to make sure we
handle the offsets accordingly based on the mode we are currently running
in. This patch modifies the driver to appropriately mask the address for
each case.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
d8c3061e5e ixgbe: modify driver for handling offsets
With the addition of the unaligned chunks option, we need to make sure we
handle the offsets accordingly based on the mode we are currently running
in. This patch modifies the driver to appropriately mask the address for
each case.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
2f86c806a8 i40e: modify driver for handling offsets
With the addition of the unaligned chunks option, we need to make sure we
handle the offsets accordingly based on the mode we are currently running
in. This patch modifies the driver to appropriately mask the address for
each case.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Richardson <bruce.richardson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
b35a2d3e89 ixgbe: simplify Rx buffer recycle
Currently, the dma, addr and handle are modified when we reuse Rx buffers
in zero-copy mode. However, this is not required as the inputs to the
function are copies, not the original values themselves. As we use the
copies within the function, we can use the original 'obi' values
directly without having to mask and add the headroom.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Kevin Laatz
10912fc9fa i40e: simplify Rx buffer recycle
Currently, the dma, addr and handle are modified when we reuse Rx buffers
in zero-copy mode. However, this is not required as the inputs to the
function are copies, not the original values themselves. As we use the
copies within the function, we can use the original 'old_bi' values
directly without having to mask and add the headroom.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 01:08:26 +02:00
Jakub Kicinski
f24e29099f nfp: bpf: add simple map op cache
Each get_next and lookup call requires a round trip to the device.
However, the device is capable of giving us a few entries back,
instead of just one.

In this patch we ask for a small yet reasonable number of entries
(4) on every get_next call, and on subsequent get_next/lookup calls
check this little cache for a hit. The cache is only kept for 250us,
and is invalidated on every operation which may modify the map
(e.g. delete or update call). Note that operations may be performed
simultaneously, so we have to keep track of operations in flight.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 00:49:05 +02:00
Jakub Kicinski
bc2796db5a nfp: bpf: rework MTU checking
If control channel MTU is too low to support map operations a warning
will be printed. This is not enough, we want to make sure probe fails
in such scenario, as this would clearly be a faulty configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-31 00:49:05 +02:00
Vlad Buslov
daa664a5cd net/mlx5e: Move local var definition into ifdef block
New local variable "struct flow_block_offload *f" was added to
mlx5e_setup_tc() in recent rtnl lock removal patches. The variable is used
in code that is only compiled when CONFIG_MLX5_ESWITCH is enabled. This
results compilation warning about unused variable when CONFIG_MLX5_ESWITCH
is not set. Move the variable definition into eswitch-specific code block
from the beginning of mlx5e_setup_tc() function.

Fixes: c9f14470d0 ("net: sched: add API for registering unlocked offload block callbacks")
Reported-by: tanhuazhong <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 15:12:05 -07:00
Stephen Rothwell
27382472ad net: stmmac: depend on COMMON_CLK
Fixes: 190f73ab4c ("net: stmmac: setup higher frequency clk support for EHL & TGL")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:35:02 -07:00
Chen-Yu Tsai
3b25528e1e net: stmmac: dwmac-rk: Don't fail if phy regulator is absent
The devicetree binding lists the phy phy as optional. As such, the
driver should not bail out if it can't find a regulator. Instead it
should just skip the remaining regulator related code and continue
on normally.

Skip the remainder of phy_power_on() if a regulator supply isn't
available. This also gets rid of the bogus return code.

Fixes: 2e12f53663 ("net: stmmac: dwmac-rk: Use standard devicetree property for phy regulator")
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:16:26 -07:00
YueHaibing
b6b4dc4c1f amd-xgbe: Fix error path in xgbe_mod_init()
In xgbe_mod_init(), we should do cleanup if some error occurs

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: efbaa82833 ("amd-xgbe: Add support to handle device renaming")
Fixes: 47f164deab ("amd-xgbe: Add PCI device support")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:15:31 -07:00
Colin Ian King
77afe3b82e arcnet: capmode: remove redundant assignment to pointer pkt
Pointer pkt is being initialized with a value that is never read
and pkt is being re-assigned a little later on. The assignment is
redundant and hence can be removed.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Ununsed value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:14:46 -07:00
Vasundhara Volam
acfb50e4e7 bnxt_en: Add FW fatal devlink_health_reporter.
Health show command example and output:

$ devlink health show pci/0000:af:00.0 reporter fw_fatal

pci/0000:af:00.0:
  name fw_fatal
    state healthy error 1 recover 1 grace_period 0 auto_recover true

Fatal events from firmware or missing periodic heartbeats will
be reported and recovery will be handled.

We also turn on the support flags when we register with the firmware to
enable this health and recovery feature in the firmware.

Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
d1db9e166b bnxt_en: Add bnxt_fw_exception() to handle fatal firmware errors.
This call will handle fatal firmware errors by forcing a reset on the
firmware.  The master function driver will carry out the forced reset.
The sequence will go through the same bnxt_fw_reset_task() workqueue.
This fatal reset differs from the non-fatal reset at the beginning
stages.  From the BNXT_FW_RESET_STATE_ENABLE_DEV state onwards where
the firmware is coming out of reset, it is practically identical to the
non-fatal reset.

The next patch will add the periodic heartbeat check and the devlink
reporter to report the fatal event and to initiate the bnxt_fw_exception()
call.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
cbb51067a5 bnxt_en: Add RESET_FW state logic to bnxt_fw_reset_task().
This state handles driver initiated chip reset during error recovery.
Only the master function will perform this step during error recovery.
The next patch will add code to initiate this reset from the master
function.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
b4fff2079d bnxt_en: Do not send firmware messages if firmware is in error state.
Add a flag to mark that the firmware has encountered fatal condition.
The driver will not send any more firmware messages and will return
error to the caller.  Fix up some clean up functions to continue
and not abort when the firmware message function returns error.

This is preparation work to fully handle firmware error recovery
under fatal conditions.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Vasundhara Volam
2cd8696850 bnxt_en: Retain user settings on a VF after RESET_NOTIFY event.
Retain the VF MAC address, default VLAN, TX rate control, trust settings
of VFs after firmware reset.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Vasundhara Volam
657a33c8a0 bnxt_en: Add devlink health reset reporter.
Add devlink health reporter for the firmware reset event.  Once we get
the notification from firmware about the impending reset, the driver
will report this to devlink and the call to bnxt_fw_reset() will be
initiated to complete the reset sequence.

Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
230d1f0de7 bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset.
Add the bnxt_fw_reset() main function to handle firmware reset.  This
is triggered by firmware to initiate an orderly reset, for example
when a non-fatal exception condition has been detected.  bnxt_fw_reset()
will first wait for all VFs to shutdown and then start the
bnxt_fw_reset_task() work queue to go through the sequence of reset,
re-probe, and re-initialization.

The next patch will add the devlink reporter to start the sequence and
call bnxt_fw_reset().

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
2151fe0830 bnxt_en: Handle RESET_NOTIFY async event from firmware.
This event from firmware signals a coordinated reset initiated by the
firmware.  It may be triggered by some error conditions encountered
in the firmware or other orderly reset conditions.

We store the parameters from this event.  Subsequent patches will
add logic to handle reset itself using devlink reporters.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Vasundhara Volam
6763c779c2 bnxt_en: Add new FW devlink_health_reporter
Create new FW devlink_health_reporter, to know the current health
status of FW.

Command example and output:
$ devlink health show pci/0000:af:00.0 reporter fw

pci/0000:af:00.0:
  name fw
    state healthy error 0 recover 0

 FW status: Healthy; Reset count: 1

Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
3bc7d4a352 bnxt_en: Add BNXT_STATE_IN_FW_RESET state.
The new flag will be set in subsequent patches when firmware is
going through reset.  If bnxt_close() is called while the new flag
is set, the FW reset sequence will have to be aborted because the
NIC is prematurely closed before FW reset has completed.  We also
reject SRIOV configurations while FW reset is in progress.

v2: No longer drop rtnl_lock() in close and wait for FW reset to complete.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
7e914027f7 bnxt_en: Enable health monitoring.
Handle the async event from the firmware that enables firmware health
monitoring.  Store initial health metrics.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:19 -07:00
Michael Chan
9ffbd67734 bnxt_en: Pre-map the firmware health monitoring registers.
Pre-map the GRC registers for periodic firmware health monitoring.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
07f83d72d2 bnxt_en: Discover firmware error recovery capabilities.
Call the new firmware API HWRM_ERROR_RECOVERY_QCFG if it is supported
to discover the firmware health and recovery capabilities and settings.
This feature allows the driver to reset the chip if firmware crashes and
becomes unresponsive.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
ec5d31e3c1 bnxt_en: Handle firmware reset status during IF_UP.
During IF_UP, newer firmware has a new status flag that indicates that
firmware has reset.  Add new function bnxt_fw_init_one() to re-probe the
firmware and re-setup VF resources on the PF if necessary.  If the
re-probe fails, set a flag to prevent bnxt_open() from proceeding again.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Vasundhara Volam
91b9be4870 bnxt_en: Register buffers for VFs before reserving resources.
When VFs need to be reconfigured dynamically after firmwware reset, the
configuration sequence on the PF needs to be changed to register the VF
buffers first.  Otherwise, some VF firmware commands may not succeed as
there may not be PF buffers ready for the re-directed firmware commands.

This sequencing did not matter much before when we only supported
the normal bring-up of VFs.

Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
702d5011ab bnxt_en: Refactor bnxt_sriov_enable().
Refactor the hardware/firmware configuration portion in
bnxt_sriov_enable() into a new function bnxt_cfg_hw_sriov().  This
new function can be called after a firmware reset to reconfigure the
VFs previously enabled.

v2: straight refactor of the code.  Reordering done in the next patch.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
ba642ab773 bnxt_en: Prepare bnxt_init_one() to be called multiple times.
In preparation for the new firmware reset feature, some of the logic
in bnxt_init_one() and related functions will be called again after
firmware has reset.  Reset some of the flags and capabilities so that
everything that can change can be re-initialized.  Refactor some
functions to probe firmware versions and capabilities.  Check some
buffers before allocating as they may have been allocated previously.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
5bedb5296e bnxt_en: Suppress all error messages in hwrm_do_send_msg() in silent mode.
If the silent parameter is set, suppress all messages when there is
no response from firmware.  When polling for firmware to come out of
reset, no response may be normal and we want to suppress the error
messages.  Also, don't poll for the firmware DMA response if Bus Master
is disabled.  This is in preparation for error recovery when firmware
may be in error or reset state or Bus Master is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
a798302d56 bnxt_en: Simplify error checking in the SR-IOV message forwarding functions.
There are 4 functions handling message forwarding for SR-IOV.  They
check for non-zero firmware response code and then return -1.  There
is no need to do this anymore.  The main messaging function will
now return standard error code.  Since we don't need to examine the
response, we can use the hwrm_send_message() variant which will
take the mutex automatically.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
d4f1420d36 bnxt_en: Convert error code in firmware message response to standard code.
The main firmware messaging function returns the firmware defined error
code and many callers have to convert to standard error code for proper
propagation to userspace.  Convert bnxt_hwrm_do_send_msg() to return
standard error code so we can do away with all the special error code
handling by the many callers.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
a935cb7ec4 bnxt_en: Remove the -1 error return code from bnxt_hwrm_do_send_msg().
Replace the non-standard -1 code with -EBUSY when there is no firmware
response after waiting for the maximum timeout.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Michael Chan
b3b0ddd07e bnxt_en: Use a common function to print the same ethtool -f error message.
The same message is printed 3 times in the code, so use a common function
to do that.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 14:02:18 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
70359dbe24 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: no need to stop queue set_multicast_list
netif_stop_queue()/netif_wake_qeue() aren't needed for changing
multicast filters.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
d1c9454274 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: protect emcr in all cases
emcr in private struct wasn't always protected by spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
3498cb272e net: sgi: ioc3-eth: Fix IPG settings
The half/full duplex settings for inter packet gap counters/timer were
reversed.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
8dff19a6dc net: sgi: ioc3-eth: use csum_fold
replace open coded checksum folding by csum_fold.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
ed870f6a7a net: sgi: ioc3-eth: use dma-direct for dma allocations
Replace the homegrown DMA memory allocation, which only works on
SGI-IP27 machines, with the generic dma allocations.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
850d2fed5b net: sgi: ioc3-eth: refactor rx buffer allocation
Move common code for rx buffer setup into ioc3_alloc_skb and deal
with allocation failures. Also clean up allocation size calculation.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
19a957b6b4 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: split ring cleaning/freeing and allocation
Do tx ring cleaning and freeing of rx buffers, when chip is shutdown and
allocate buffers before bringing chip up.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:36 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
fcd0da5a6d net: sgi: ioc3-eth: introduce chip start function
ioc3_init did everything from reset to init rings to starting the chip.
This change move out chip start into a new function as preparation
for easier handling of receive buffer allocation failures.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
9c328b0544 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: separate tx and rx ring handling
After allocation of descriptor memory is now done once in probe
handling of tx ring is completely done by ioc3_clean_tx_ring. So
we remove the remaining tx ring actions out of ioc3_alloc_rings
and ioc3_free_rings and rename it to ioc3_[alloc|free]_rx_bufs
to better describe what they are doing.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
489467e524 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: get rid of ioc3_clean_rx_ring()
Move clearing of the descriptor valid bit into ioc3_alloc_rings. This
makes ioc3_clean_rx_ring obsolete.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
c7b5727475 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: allocate space for desc rings only once
Memory for descriptor rings are allocated/freed, when interface is
brought up/down. Since the size of the rings is not changeable by
hardware, we now allocate rings now during probe and free it, when
device is removed.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
141a7dbb88 net: sgi: ioc3-eth: use defines for constants dealing with desc rings
Descriptor ring sizes of the IOC3 are more or less fixed size. To
make clearer where there is a relation to ring sizes use defines.

Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
c1b6a3d85d net: sgi: ioc3-eth: remove checkpatch errors/warning
Before massaging the driver further fix oddities found by checkpatch like
- wrong indention
- comment formatting
- use of printk instead or netdev_xxx/pr_xxx

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Thomas Bogendoerfer
cbe7d51745 MIPS: SGI-IP27: restructure ioc3 register access
Break up the big ioc3 register struct into functional pieces to
make use in sub-function drivers more straightforward. And while
doing that get rid of all volatile access by using readX/writeX.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tbogendoerfer@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 13:54:35 -07:00
Colin Ian King
1a914990ff wimax/i2400m: remove debug containing bogus calculation of index
The subtraction of the two pointers is automatically scaled by the
size of the size of the object the pointers point to, so the division
by sizeof(*i2400m->barker) is incorrect.  This has been broken since
day one of the driver and is only debug, so remove the debug completely.

Also move && in condition to clean up a checkpatch warning.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Extra sizeof expression")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-30 12:31:52 -07:00
Gustavo A. R. Silva
3f1071ec39 net: spider_net: Use struct_size() helper
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:

struct spider_net_card {
	...
        struct spider_net_descr darray[0];
};

Make use of the struct_size() helper instead of an open-coded version
in order to avoid any potential type mistakes.

So, replace the following form:

sizeof(struct spider_net_card) + (tx_descriptors + rx_descriptors) * sizeof(struct spider_net_descr)

with:

struct_size(card, darray, tx_descriptors + rx_descriptors)

Notice that, in this case, variable alloc_size is not necessary, hence it
is removed.

Building: allmodconfig powerpc.

This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:53:59 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
b3a42e3a78 r8169: add support for EEE on RTL8125
This adds EEE support for RTL8125 based on the vendor driver.
Supported is EEE for 100Mbps and 1Gbps. Realtek recommended to not yet
enable EEE for 2.5Gbps due to potential compatibility issues. Also
ethtool doesn't support yet controlling EEE for 2.5Gbps and 5Gbps.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
02bf642b18 r8169: add RTL8125 PHY initialization
This patch adds PHY initialization magic copied from the r8125 vendor
driver. In addition it supports loading the firmware for chip version
RTL_GIGA_MAC_VER_61.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
f1bce4ad2f r8169: add support for RTL8125
This adds support for 2.5Gbps chip RTL8125, it's partially based on the
r8125 vendor driver. Tested with a Delock 89531 PCIe card against a
Netgear GS110MX Multi-Gig switch. Firmware isn't strictly needed,
but on some systems there may be compatibility issues w/o firmware.
Firmware has been submitted to linux-firmware.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
ae84bc1873 r8169: don't use bit LastFrag in tx descriptor after send
On RTL8125 this bit is always cleared after send. Therefore check for
tx_skb->skb being set what is functionally equivalent.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
7366016d2d r8169: read common register for PCI commit
RTL8125 uses a different register number for IntrMask.
To net have side effects by reading a random register let's
use a register that is the same on all supported chip families.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
bcf2b868a5 r8169: move disabling interrupt coalescing to RTL8169/RTL8168 init
RTL8125 doesn't support the same coalescing registers, therefore move
this initialization to the 8168/6169-specific init.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:27 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
ce37115e3a r8169: factor out reading MAC address from registers
For RTL8125 we will have to read the MAC address also from another
register range, therefore create a small helper.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:26 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
c623305bf4 r8169: restrict rtl_is_8168evl_up to RTL8168 chip versions
Extend helper rtl_is_8168evl_up to properly work once we add
mac version numbers >51 for RTL8125.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:26 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
c1d532d268 r8169: change interrupt mask type to u32
RTL8125 uses a 32 bit interrupt mask even though only bits in the
lower 16 bits are used. Change interrupt mask size to u32 to be
prepared and reintroduce helper rtl_get_events.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:47:26 -07:00
David S. Miller
1a4f1a024c mlx5-updates-2019-08-22
Misc updates for mlx5e net device driver
 
 1) Maxim and Tariq add the support for LAG TX port affinity distribution
 When VF LAG is enabled, VFs netdevs will round-robin the TX affinity
 of their tx queues among the different LAG ports.
 2) Aya adds the support for ip-in-ip RSS.
 3) Marina adds the support for ip-in-ip TX TSO and checksum offloads.
 4) Moshe adds a device internal drop counter to mlx5 ethtool stats.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl1mzKEACgkQSD+KveBX
 +j7n9QgAhabOmJtGTT9HP2u3ilbWW6oi2aHr244IDvmvJvuwNIcIll/HaNuj4no9
 XSr5aW0zjVENJ73r5V7slIcyCyjB4AoeEEt2QTBB/UINTkx1Yd56AWd7qgMC1LD0
 A+ZpwEqd6ArRnt8elZJ/w5JlyrjUCMVSqSU8HcuOT1pRnpF5628HmM9w5f33R7iJ
 KJaiNpbjb3zFDbQsRdItPAy4JtxLnhvz660Ti+fXff24DDpap8VSiaj7QsH0DamG
 DTrR0AIu7XQZzwyVthzBXMc/Pe/ord6nBoRzGzQGTaK07OwAP7N8Mc1+dk//FEbe
 xJh71SdoAoJQbNoDTUSJeYZw4mfxuA==
 =Ggn4
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-08-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2019-08-22

Misc updates for mlx5e net device driver

1) Maxim and Tariq add the support for LAG TX port affinity distribution
When VF LAG is enabled, VFs netdevs will round-robin the TX affinity
of their tx queues among the different LAG ports.
2) Aya adds the support for ip-in-ip RSS.
3) Marina adds the support for ip-in-ip TX TSO and checksum offloads.
4) Moshe adds a device internal drop counter to mlx5 ethtool stats.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:25:18 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
42aa15cf05 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix freeing unused SERDES IRQ
Now mv88e6xxx does not enable its ports at setup itself and let
the DSA core handle this, unused ports are disabled without being
powered on first. While that is expected, the SERDES powering code
was assuming that a port was already set up before powering it down,
resulting in freeing an unused IRQ. The patch fixes this assumption.

Fixes: b759f528ca ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: enable SERDES after setup")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:23:54 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
5d24da1e5c net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: keep CMODE writable code private
This is a follow-up patch for commit 7a3007d22e ("net: dsa:
mv88e6xxx: fully support SERDES on Topaz family").

Since .port_set_cmode is only called from mv88e6xxx_port_setup_mac and
mv88e6xxx_phylink_mac_config, it is fine to keep this "make writable"
code private to the mv88e6341_port_set_cmode implementation, instead
of adding yet another operation to the switch info structure.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:20:25 -07:00
Vivien Didelot
b98f0f530d net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: get serdes lane after lock
This is a follow-up patch for commit 17deaf5cb3 ("net: dsa:
mv88e6xxx: create serdes_get_lane chip operation").

The .serdes_get_lane implementations access the CMODE of a port,
even though it is cached at the moment, it is safer to call them
after the mutex is locked, not before.

At the same time, check for an eventual error and return IRQ_DONE,
instead of blindly ignoring it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 17:20:04 -07:00
Yufeng Mo
dd2956eab1 net: hns3: not allow SSU loopback while execute ethtool -t dev
The current loopback mode is to add 0x1F to the SMAC address
as the DMAC address and enable the promiscuous mode.
However, if the VF address is the same as the DMAC address,
the loopback test fails.

Loopback can be enabled in three places: SSU, MAC, and serdes.
By default, SSU loopback is enabled, so if the SMAC and the DMAC
are the same, the packets are looped back in the SSU. If SSU loopback
is disabled, packets can reach MAC even if SMAC is the same as DMAC.

Therefore, this patch disables the SSU loopback before the loopback
test. In this way, the SMAC and DMAC can be the same, and the
promiscuous mode does not need to be enabled. And this is not
valid in version 0x20.

This patch also uses a macro to replace 0x1F.

Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:44 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
2336f19d78 net: hns3: check reset interrupt status when reset fails
Currently, the reset interrupt will be cleared firstly, so when
reset fails, if interrupt status register has reset interrupt,
it means there is a new coming reset.

Fixes: 72e2fb0799 ("net: hns3: clear reset interrupt status in hclge_irq_handle()")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:44 -07:00
Yufeng Mo
c9765a89d1 net: hns3: add phy selftest function
Currently, the loopback test supports only mac selftest and serdes
selftest. This patch adds phy selftest.

Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:44 -07:00
Weihang Li
a83d29618b net: hns3: implement .process_hw_error for hns3 client
When hardware or IMP get specified error it may need the client
to take some special operations.

This patch implements the hns3 client's process_hw_errorx.

Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Zhongzhu Liu
e8df45c281 net: hns3: optimize waiting time for TQP reset
This patch optimizes the waiting time for TQP reset.

Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Guojia Liao
82f7d0576f net: hns3: fix incorrect type in assignment.
This patch fixes some incorrect type in assignment reported by sparse.
Those sparse warning as below:
- warning : restricted __le16 degrades to integer
- warning : cast from restricted __le32
- warning : expected restricted __le32
- warning : cast from restricted __be32
- warning : cast from restricted __be16
- warning : cast to restricted __le16

Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Yonglong Liu
199d2dd416 net: hns3: make some reusable codes into a function
In hclge_dcb.c, these pair of codes:
	hclge_notify_client(hdev, HNAE3_DOWN_CLIENT);
	hclge_notify_client(hdev, HNAE3_UNINIT_CLIENT);
and
	hclge_notify_client(hdev, HNAE3_INIT_CLIENT);
	hclge_notify_client(hdev, HNAE3_UP_CLIENT);
are called many times, so make them into a function.

Signed-off-by: Yonglong Liu <liuyonglong@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Yufeng Mo
ed5b255ba6 net: hns3: optimize some log printings
To better identify abnormal conditions, this patch modifies or
adds some logs to show driver status more accurately.

Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Guojia Liao
70a214903d net: hns3: reduce the parameters of some functions
This patch simplifies parameters of some functions by deleting
unused parameter.

Signed-off-by: Guojia Liao <liaoguojia@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yufeng Mo <moyufeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
6125b52d26 net: hns3: modify base parameter of kstrtouint in hclge_dbg_dump_tm_map
This patch replaces kstrtouint()'s patameter base with 0 in the
hclge_dbg_dump_tm_mac(), which makes it more flexible. Also
uses a macro to replace string "dump tm map", since it has been
used multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Huazhong Tan
6f92bfd70a net: hns3: use macro instead of magic number
This patch uses macro to replace some magic number.

Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Zhongzhu Liu
a582b78dfc net: hns3: code optimization for debugfs related to "dump reg"
For making the code more readable, this patch uses a array to
keep the information about the dumping register, and then uses
it to parse the parameter cmd_buf which passing into
hclge_dbg_dump_reg_cmd().

Also replaces parameter "base" of kstrtouint with 0 in the
hclge_dbg_dump_reg_common(), which makes it more flexible.

Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Guangbin Huang <huangguangbin2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:57:43 -07:00
Ioana Radulescu
8eb3cef8d2 dpaa2-eth: Add pause frame support
Starting with firmware version MC10.18.0, we have support for
L2 flow control. Asymmetrical configuration (Rx or Tx only) is
supported, but not pause frame autonegotioation.

Pause frame configuration is done via ethtool. By default, we start
with flow control enabled on both Rx and Tx. Changes are propagated
to hardware through firmware commands, using two flags (PAUSE,
ASYM_PAUSE) to specify Rx and Tx pause configuration, as follows:

PAUSE | ASYM_PAUSE | Rx pause | Tx pause
----------------------------------------
  0   |     0      | disabled | disabled
  0   |     1      | disabled | enabled
  1   |     0      | enabled  | enabled
  1   |     1      | enabled  | disabled

The hardware can automatically send pause frames when the number
of buffers in the pool goes below a predefined threshold. Due to
this, flow control is incompatible with Rx frame queue taildrop
(both mechanisms target the case when processing of ingress
frames can't keep up with the Rx rate; for large frames, the number
of buffers in the pool may never get low enough to trigger pause
frames as long as taildrop is enabled). So we set pause frame
generation and Rx FQ taildrop as mutually exclusive.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:52:12 -07:00
Ioana Radulescu
cce62943c0 dpaa2-eth: Use stored link settings
Whenever a link state change occurs, we get notified and save
the new link settings in the device's private data. In ethtool
get_link_ksettings, use the stored state instead of interrogating
the firmware each time.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:52:12 -07:00
Ioana Radulescu
f7fe7e3d19 dpaa2-eth: Remove support for changing link settings
We only support fixed-link for now, so there is no point in
offering users the option to change link settings via ethtool.

Functionally there is no change, since firmware prevents us from
changing link parameters anyway.

Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-29 16:52:11 -07:00
Luca Coelho
b9500577d3 iwlwifi: pcie: handle switching killer Qu B0 NICs to C0
We need to use a different firmware for C0 versions of killer Qu NICs.
Add structures for them and handle them in the if block that detects
C0 revisions.

Additionally, instead of having an inclusive check for QnJ devices,
make the selection exclusive, so that switching to QnJ is the
exception, not the default.  This prevents us from having to add all
the non-QnJ cards to an exclusion list.  To do so, only go into the
QnJ block if the device has an RF ID type HR and HW revision QnJ.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 5.2
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190821171732.2266-1-luca@coelho.fi
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-08-29 16:38:34 +02:00
Petr Machata
dc4f3eb08a mlxsw: spectrum_ptp: Add counters for GC events
On Spectrum-1, timestamped PTP packets and the corresponding timestamps need to
be kept in caches until both are available, at which point they are matched up
and packets forwarded as appropriate. However, not all packets will ever see
their timestamp, and not all timestamps will ever see their packet. It is
necessary to dispose of such abandoned entries, so a garbage collector was
introduced in commit 5d23e41597 ("mlxsw: spectrum: PTP: Garbage-collect
unmatched entries").

If these GC events happen often, it is a sign of a problem. However because this
whole mechanism is taking place behind the scenes, there is no direct way to
determine whether garbage collection took place.

Therefore to fix this, on Spectrum-1 only, expose four artificial ethtool
counters for the GC events: GCd timestamps and packets, in TX and RX directions.

Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 18:24:04 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
45bd634131 mlxsw: Bump firmware version to 13.2000.1886
The new version supports extended error reporting from firmware via a
new TLV in the EMAD packet. Similar to netlink extended ack.

It also fixes an issue in the PCI code that can result in false AER
errors under high Tx rate.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 18:24:04 -07:00
Shalom Toledo
3f61967f41 mlxsw: spectrum: Prevent auto negotiation on number of lanes
After 50G-1-lane and 100G-2-lanes link modes were introduced, the driver
is facing situations in which the hardware auto negotiates not only on
speed and type, but also on number of lanes.

Prevent auto negotiation on number of lanes by allowing only port speeds
that can be supported on a given port according to its width.

Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 18:24:04 -07:00
Amit Cohen
b97cd89126 mlxsw: Remove 56G speed support
Commit 275e928f19 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Prevent force of 56G") prevented
the driver from setting a speed of 56G when auto-negotiation is off.
This is the only speed supported by mlxsw that cannot be set when
auto-negotiation is off, which makes it difficult to write generic
tests.

Further, the speed is not supported by newer ASICs such as Spectrum-2
and to the best of our knowledge it is not used by current users.

Therefore, remove 56G support from mlxsw.

Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 18:24:04 -07:00
Jian Shen
95fb8bb318 net: phy: force phy suspend when calling phy_stop
Some ethernet drivers may call phy_start() and phy_stop() from
ndo_open() and ndo_close() respectively.

When network cable is unconnected, and operate like below:
step 1: ifconfig ethX up -> ndo_open -> phy_start ->start
autoneg, and phy is no link.
step 2: ifconfig ethX down -> ndo_close -> phy_stop -> just stop
phy state machine.

This patch forces phy suspend even phydev->link is off.

Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:16:27 -07:00
Takashi Iwai
189308d582 sky2: Disable MSI on yet another ASUS boards (P6Xxxx)
A similar workaround for the suspend/resume problem is needed for yet
another ASUS machines, P6X models.  Like the previous fix, the BIOS
doesn't provide the standard DMI_SYS_* entry, so again DMI_BOARD_*
entries are used instead.

Reported-and-tested-by: SteveM <swm@swm1.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:09:02 -07:00
John Hurley
e8024cb483 nfp: flower: handle neighbour events on internal ports
Recent code changes to NFP allowed the offload of neighbour entries to FW
when the next hop device was an internal port. This allows for offload of
tunnel encap when the end-point IP address is applied to such a port.

Unfortunately, the neighbour event handler still rejects events that are
not associated with a repr dev and so the firmware neighbour table may get
out of sync for internal ports.

Fix this by allowing internal port neighbour events to be correctly
processed.

Fixes: 45756dfeda ("nfp: flower: allow tunnels to output to internal port")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:06:49 -07:00
John Hurley
739d7c5752 nfp: flower: prevent ingress block binds on internal ports
Internal port TC offload is implemented through user-space applications
(such as OvS) by adding filters at egress via TC clsact qdiscs. Indirect
block offload support in the NFP driver accepts both ingress qdisc binds
and egress binds if the device is an internal port. However, clsact sends
bind notification for both ingress and egress block binds which can lead
to the driver registering multiple callbacks and receiving multiple
notifications of new filters.

Fix this by rejecting ingress block bind callbacks when the port is
internal and only adding filter callbacks for egress binds.

Fixes: 4d12ba4278 ("nfp: flower: allow offloading of matches on 'internal' ports")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:06:49 -07:00
Hayes Wang
973dc6cfc0 r8152: remove calling netif_napi_del
Remove unnecessary use of netif_napi_del. This also avoids to call
napi_disable() after netif_napi_del().

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:02:32 -07:00
Hayes Wang
49d4b14113 Revert "r8152: napi hangup fix after disconnect"
This reverts commit 0ee1f47349.

The commit 0ee1f47349 ("r8152: napi hangup fix after
disconnect") adds a check about RTL8152_UNPLUG to determine
if calling napi_disable() is invalid in rtl8152_close(),
when rtl8152_disconnect() is called. This avoids to use
napi_disable() after calling netif_napi_del().

Howver, commit ffa9fec30c ("r8152: set RTL8152_UNPLUG
only for real disconnection") causes that RTL8152_UNPLUG
is not always set when calling rtl8152_disconnect().
Therefore, I have to revert commit 0ee1f47349 ("r8152:
napi hangup fix after disconnect"), first. And submit
another patch to fix it.

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 16:02:32 -07:00
David S. Miller
8e4a2adced Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-08-26

This series contains updates to ice driver only.

Usha fixes the statistics reported on 4 port NICs which were reporting
the incorrect statistics due to using the incorrect port identifier.

Victor fixes an issue when trying to traverse to the first node of a
requested layer by adding a sibling head pointer for each layer per
traffic class.

Anirudh cleans up the locking and logic for enabling and disabling
VSI's to make it more consistent.  Updates the driver to do dynamic
allocation of queue management bitmaps and arrays, rather than
statically allocating them which consumes more memory than required.
Refactor the logic in ice_ena_msix_range() for clarity and add
additional checks for when requested resources exceed what is available.

Jesse updates the debugging print statements to make it more useful when
dealing with link and PHY related issues.

Krzysztof adds a local variable to the VSI rebuild path to improve
readability.

Akeem limits the reporting of MDD events from VFs so that the kernel
log is not clogged up with MDD events which are duplicate or potentially
false positives.  Fixed a reset issue that would result in the system
getting into a state that could only be resolved by a reboot by
testing if the VF is in a disabled state during a reset.

Michal adds a check to avoid trying to access memory that has not be
allocated by checking the number of queue pairs.

Jake fixes a static analysis warning due to a cast of a u8 to unsigned
long, so just update ice_is_tc_ena() to take a unsigned long so that a
cast is not necessary.

Colin Ian King fixes a potential infinite loop where a u8 is being
compared to an int.

Maciej refactors the queue handling functions that work on queue arrays
so that the logic can be done for a single queue.

Paul adds support for VFs to enable and disable single queues.

Henry fixed the order of operations in ice_remove() which was trying to
use adminq operations that were already disabled.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 15:47:11 -07:00
Thomas Falcon
36f1031c51 ibmvnic: Do not process reset during or after device removal
Currently, the ibmvnic driver will not schedule device resets
if the device is being removed, but does not check the device
state before the reset is actually processed. This leads to a race
where a reset is scheduled with a valid device state but is
processed after the driver has been removed, resulting in an oops.

Fix this by checking the device state before processing a queued
reset event.

Reported-by: Abdul Haleem <abdhalee@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Abdul Haleem <abdhalee@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 15:45:40 -07:00
YueHaibing
3894793e4b phy: mdio-sun4i: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:51:00 -07:00
YueHaibing
bd51ce0583 phy: mdio-mux-meson-g12a: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:51:00 -07:00
YueHaibing
ea7076923b phy: mdio-moxart: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:51:00 -07:00
YueHaibing
ba869d3c40 phy: mdio-hisi-femac: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:51:00 -07:00
YueHaibing
bd301e05ba phy: mdio-bcm-iproc: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ray Jui <ray.jui@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:51:00 -07:00
Colin Ian King
a3a90244c4 wimax/i2400m: remove redundant assignment to variable result
Variable result is being assigned a value that is never read and result
is being re-assigned a little later on. The assignment is redundant
and hence can be removed.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Ununsed value")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:49:37 -07:00
Yash Shah
6342ea8867 macb: Update compatibility string for SiFive FU540-C000
Update the compatibility string for SiFive FU540-C000 as per the new
string updated in the binding doc.
Reference:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAJ2_jOFEVZQat0Yprg4hem4jRrqkB72FKSeQj4p8P5KA-+rgww@mail.gmail.com/

Signed-off-by: Yash Shah <yash.shah@sifive.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Tested-by: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-28 14:05:48 -07:00
Marina Varshaver
25948b87dd net/mlx5e: Support TSO and TX checksum offloads for IP-in-IP
tunnels

Add TX offloads support for IP-in-IP tunneled packets by reporting
the needed netdev features.

Signed-off-by: Marina Varshaver <marinav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Avihu Hagag <avihuh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:05 -07:00
Marina Varshaver
e3a53bc536 net/mlx5e: Improve stateless offload capability check
Use generic function for checking tunnel stateless offload capability
instead of separate macros.

Signed-off-by: Marina Varshaver <marinav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:05 -07:00
Aya Levin
a795d8db2a net/mlx5e: Support RSS for IP-in-IP and IPv6 tunneled packets
Add support for inner header RSS on IP-in-IP and IPv6 tunneled packets.

Add rules to the steering table regarding outer IP header, with
IPv4/6->IP-in-IP. Tunneled packets with protocol numbers: 0x4 (IP-in-IP)
and 0x29 (IPv6) are RSS-ed on the inner IP header.
Separate FW dependencies between flow table inner IP capabilities and
GRE offload support. Allowing this feature even if GRE offload is not
supported.  Tested with multi stream TCP traffic tunneled with IPnIP.
Verified that:
Without this patch, only a single RX ring was processing the traffic.
With this patch, multiple RX rings were processing the traffic.
Verified with and without GRE offload support.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:04 -07:00
Aya Levin
a49e1f31ae net/mlx5e: Change function's position to a more fitting file
Move function which indicates whether tunnel inner flow table is
supported from en.h to en_fs.c. It fits better right after tunnel
protocol rules definitions.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:04 -07:00
Moshe Shemesh
0cfafd4b4d net/mlx5e: Add device out of buffer counter
Added the following packets drop counter:
Device out of buffer - counts packets which were dropped due to full
device internal receive queue.
This counter will be shown on ethtool as a new counter called
dev_out_of_buffer.
The counter is read from FW by command QUERY_VNIC_ENV.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:04 -07:00
Maxim Mikityanskiy
45f171b118 net/mlx5e: Support LAG TX port affinity distribution
When the VF LAG is in use, round-robin the TX affinity of channels among
the different ports, if supported by the firmware. Create a set of TISes
per port, while doing round-robin of the channels over the different
sets. Let all SQs of a channel share the same set of TISes.

If lag_tx_port_affinity HCA cap bit is supported, num_lag_ports > 1 and
we aren't the LACP owner (PF in the regular use), assign the affinities,
otherwise use tx_affinity == 0 in TIS context to let the FW assign the
affinities itself. The TISes of the LACP owner are mapped only to the
native physical port.

For VFs, the starting port for round-robin is determined by its vhca_id,
because a VF may have only one channel if attached to a single-core VM.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:03 -07:00
Tariq Toukan
3c14562663 net/mlx5e: Expose new function for TIS destroy loop
For better modularity and code sharing.
Function internal change to be introduced in the next patches.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:03 -07:00
Erez Alfasi
d5e1c0ef55 net/mlx5e: ethtool, Fix a typo in WOL function names
Fix a typo in 'mlx5e_refomrat_wol_mode_mlx5_to_linux' and
'mlx5e_refomrat_wol_mode_linux_to_mlx5' function names:
"refomrat" -> "reformat".

Fixes: 928cfe8745 ("net/mlx5e: Wake On LAN support")
Signed-off-by: Erez Alfasi <ereza@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 11:49:03 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
537f321097 Merge branch 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
mlx5 HW spec and bits updates:
1) Aya exposes IP-in-IP capability in mlx5_core.
2) Maxim exposes lag tx port affinity capabilities.
3) Moshe adds VNIC_ENV internal rq counter bits.
4) ODP capabilities for DC transport

Misc updates:
5) Saeed, two compiler warnings cleanups
6) Add XRQ legacy commands opcodes
7) Use refcount_t for refcount
8) fix a -Wstringop-truncation warning
2019-08-28 11:48:56 -07:00
Jason Gunthorpe
a0d8994b30 Merge branch 'mlx5-odp-dc' into rdma.git for-next
Michael Guralnik says:

====================
The series adds support for on-demand paging for DC transport.

As DC is a mlx-only transport, the capabilities are exposed to the user
using DEVX objects and later on through mlx5dv_query_device.
====================

Based on the mlx5-next branch from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux for
dependencies

* branch 'mlx5-odp-dc':
  IB/mlx5: Add page fault handler for DC initiator WQE
  IB/mlx5: Remove check of FW capabilities in ODP page fault handling
  net/mlx5: Set ODP capabilities for DC transport to max
2019-08-28 11:25:37 -03:00
Krzysztof Wilczynski
7ce2e76a04 PCI: Move ASPM declarations to linux/pci.h
Move ASPM definitions and function prototypes from include/linux/pci-aspm.h
to include/linux/pci.h so users only need to include <linux/pci.h>:

  PCIE_LINK_STATE_L0S
  PCIE_LINK_STATE_L1
  PCIE_LINK_STATE_CLKPM
  pci_disable_link_state()
  pci_disable_link_state_locked()
  pcie_no_aspm()

No functional changes intended.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190827095620.11213-1-kw@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <kw@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2019-08-28 08:28:39 -05:00
Michael Guralnik
00679b631e net/mlx5: Set ODP capabilities for DC transport to max
In mlx5_core initialization, query max ODP capabilities for DC transport
from FW and set as current capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
2019-08-28 10:04:51 +03:00
Voon Weifeng
190f73ab4c net: stmmac: setup higher frequency clk support for EHL & TGL
EHL DW EQOS is running on a 200MHz clock. Setting up stmmac-clk,
ptp clock and ptp_max_adj to 200MHz.

Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:59:38 -07:00
Voon Weifeng
f6256585fe net: stmmac: add EHL RGMII 1Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
Added EHL RGMII 1Gbps PCI ID. Different MII and speed will have
different PCI ID.

Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:59:37 -07:00
Voon Weifeng
e125dcef75 net: stmmac: add TGL SGMII 1Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
Added TGL SGMII 1Gbps PCI ID. Different MII and speed will have
different PCI ID.

Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:59:37 -07:00
Voon Weifeng
99122836d2 net: stmmac: add EHL SGMII 1Gbps PCI info and PCI ID
Added EHL SGMII 1Gbps PCI ID. Different MII and speed will have
different PCI ID.

Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ong Boon Leong <boon.leong.ong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:59:37 -07:00
Marek Behún
7a3007d22e net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fully support SERDES on Topaz family
Currently we support SERDES on the Topaz family in a limited way: no
IRQs and the cmode is not writable, thus the mode is determined by
strapping pins.

Marvell's examples though show how to make cmode writable on port 5 and
support SGMII autonegotiation. It is done by writing hidden registers,
for which we already have code.

This patch adds support for making the cmode for the SERDES port
writable on the Topaz family, via a new chip operation,
.port_set_cmode_writable, which is called from mv88e6xxx_port_setup_mac
just before .port_set_cmode.

SERDES IRQs are also enabled for Topaz.

Tested on Turris Mox.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Marek Behún
3bbb8867f8 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: rename port cmode macro
This is a cosmetic update. We are removing the last underscore from
macros MV88E6XXX_PORT_STS_CMODE_100BASE_X and
MV88E6XXX_PORT_STS_CMODE_1000BASE_X. The 2500base-x version does not
have that underscore. Also PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_ macros do not have it
there.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Marek Behún
d3cf7d8f20 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: simplify SERDES code for Topaz and Peridot
By adding an additional serdes_get_lane implementation (for Topaz), we
can merge the implementations of other SERDES functions (powering and
IRQs). We can skip checking port numbers, since the serdes_get_lane()
methods inform if there is no lane on a port or if the lane cannot be
used for given cmode.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Marek Behún
17deaf5cb3 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: create serdes_get_lane chip operation
Create a serdes_get_lane() method in the mv88e6xxx operations structure.
Use it instead of calling the different implementations.
Also change the methods so that their return value is used only for
error. The lane number is put into a place referred to by a pointer
given as argument. If the port does not have a lane, return -ENODEV.
Lanes are phy addresses, so use u8 as their type.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Marek Behún
609070133a net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: update code operating on hidden registers
This patch moves the functions operating on the hidden debug registers
into it's own file, port_hidden.c. The functions prefix is renamed from
mv88e6390_hidden_ to mv88e6xxx_port_hidden_, to be consistent with the
rest of this driver. The macros are prefixed with MV88E6XXX_ prefix, and
are changed not to use the BIT() macro nor bit shifts, since the rest of
the port.h file does not use it.

We also add the support for setting the Block Address field when
operating hidden registers. Marvell's mdio examples for SERDES settings
on Topaz use Block Address 0x7 when reading/writing hidden registers,
and although the specification says that block must be set to 0xf, those
settings are reachable only with Block Address 0x7.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Marek Behún
4e6da7969f net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: support 2500base-x in SGMII IRQ handler
The mv88e6390_serdes_irq_link_sgmii IRQ handler reads the SERDES PHY
status register to determine speed, among other things. If cmode of the
port is set to 2500base-x, though, the PHY still reports 1000 Mbps (the
PHY register itself does not differentiate between 1000 Mbps and 2500
Mbps - it thinks it is running at 1000 Mbps, although clock is 2.5x
faster).
Look at the cmode and set SPEED_2500 if cmode is set to 2500base-x.
Also tell mv88e6xxx_port_setup_mac the PHY interface mode corresponding
to current cmode in terms of phy_interface_t.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 21:42:16 -07:00
Mao Wenan
7add83d93a net: mediatek: remove set but not used variable 'status'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c: In function mtk_handle_irq:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:1951:6: warning: variable status set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Fixes: 296c912075 ("net: ethernet: mediatek: Add MT7628/88 SoC support")
Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 20:47:56 -07:00
Vladimir Oltean
e9bf96943b net: dsa: sja1105: Clear VLAN filtering offload netdev feature
The switch barely supports traffic I/O, and it does that by repurposing
VLANs when there is no bridge that is taking control of them.

Letting DSA declare this netdev feature as supported (see
dsa_slave_create) would mean that VLAN sub-interfaces created on sja1105
switch ports will be hardware offloaded. That means that
net/8021q/vlan_core.c would install the VLAN into the filter tables of
the switch, potentially interfering with the tag_8021q VLANs.

We need to prevent that from happening and not let the 8021q core
offload VLANs to the switch hardware tables. In vlan_filtering=0 modes
of operation, the switch ports can pass through VLAN-tagged frames with
no problem.

Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 20:46:26 -07:00
Marco Hartmann
94acaeb50c Add genphy_c45_config_aneg() function to phy-c45.c
Commit 34786005ec ("net: phy: prevent PHYs w/o Clause 22 regs from calling
genphy_config_aneg") introduced a check that aborts phy_config_aneg()
if the phy is a C45 phy.
This causes phy_state_machine() to call phy_error() so that the phy
ends up in PHY_HALTED state.

Instead of returning -EOPNOTSUPP, call genphy_c45_config_aneg()
(analogous to the C22 case) so that the state machine can run
correctly.

genphy_c45_config_aneg() closely resembles mv3310_config_aneg()
in drivers/net/phy/marvell10g.c, excluding vendor specific
configurations for 1000BaseT.

Fixes: 22b56e8270 ("net: phy: replace genphy_10g_driver with genphy_c45_driver")

Signed-off-by: Marco Hartmann <marco.hartmann@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 20:21:15 -07:00
René van Dorst
7e53837269 net: ethernet: mediatek: Re-add support SGMII
* Re-add SGMII support but now with PHYLINK API support
  So the SGMII changes are more clear
* Move SGMII block setup from mtk_gmac_sgmii_path_setup() to
  mtk_mac_config()
* Merge mtk_setup_hw_path() into mtk_mac_config()
* Remove mediatek,physpeed property, fixed-link supports now any speed so
  speed = <2500>; is now valid with PHYLINK
* Demagic SGMII register values
* Use phylink state to setup fixed-link mode

Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 20:19:27 -07:00
René van Dorst
b8fc9f3082 net: ethernet: mediatek: Add basic PHYLINK support
This convert the basics to PHYLINK API.
SGMII support is not in this patch.

Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 20:19:27 -07:00
Qian Cai
bb487d29ce net/mlx5: fix a -Wstringop-truncation warning
In file included from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/paca.h:15,
                 from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/current.h:13,
                 from ./include/linux/thread_info.h:21,
                 from ./include/asm-generic/preempt.h:5,
                 from ./arch/powerpc/include/generated/asm/preempt.h:1,
                 from ./include/linux/preempt.h:78,
                 from ./include/linux/spinlock.h:51,
                 from ./include/linux/wait.h:9,
                 from ./include/linux/completion.h:12,
                 from ./include/linux/mlx5/driver.h:37,
                 from
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/lib/eq.h:6,
                 from
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/diag/fw_tracer.c:33:
In function 'strncpy',
    inlined from 'mlx5_fw_tracer_save_trace' at
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/diag/fw_tracer.c:549:2,
    inlined from 'mlx5_tracer_print_trace' at
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/diag/fw_tracer.c:574:2:
./include/linux/string.h:305:9: warning: '__builtin_strncpy' output may
be truncated copying 256 bytes from a string of length 511
[-Wstringop-truncation]
  return __builtin_strncpy(p, q, size);
         ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Fix it by using the new strscpy_pad() since the commit 458a3bf82d
("lib/string: Add strscpy_pad() function") which will always
NUL-terminate the string, and avoid possibly leak data through the ring
buffer where non-admin account might enable these events through perf.

Fixes: fd1483fe1f ("net/mlx5: Add support for FW reporter dump")
Signed-off-by: Qian Cai <cai@lca.pw>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-27 14:50:34 -07:00
David S. Miller
68aaf44595 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net
Minor conflict in r8169, bug fix had two versions in net
and net-next, take the net-next hunks.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-27 14:23:31 -07:00
Henry Tieman
ae2bdbb45d ice: fix adminq calls during remove
The order of operations was incorrect in ice_remove(). The code would
try to use adminq operations after the adminq was disabled. This caused
all adminq calls to fail and possibly timeout waiting.

Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:54:29 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
152b978a1f ice: Rework ice_ena_msix_range
The current implementation of ice_ena_msix_range is difficult to read
and has subtle issues. This patch reworks the said function for
clarity and correctness.

More specifically,

1. Add more checks to bail out of 'needed' is greater than 'v_left'.

2. Simplify fallback logic

3. Do not set pf->num_avail_sw_msix in ice_ena_msix_range as it
   gets overwritten by ice_init_interrupt_scheme.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:52:29 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
cb6a8dc078 ice: Fix VF configuration issues due to reset
This patch fixes a critical reset issue that resulting to the server
reboot when an Admin changes VF configuration on the host, for example
changing VF to Trusted/non_Trusted mode, the PF driver send reset
notification to AVF driver while also continue with reset flow. However,
AVF driver schedule another reset due to notification, which causes two
concurrent reset going on, and trigger lock up in the FW, with AQ call to
delete VSI.

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:47:57 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
78b5713ac1 ice: Alloc queue management bitmaps and arrays dynamically
The total number of queues available on the device is divided between
multiple physical functions (PF) in the firmware and provided to the
driver when it gets function capabilities from the firmware. Thus
each PF knows how many Tx/Rx queues it has. These queues are then
doled out to different VSIs (for LAN traffic, SR-IOV VF traffic, etc.)

To track usage of these queues at the PF level, the driver uses two
bitmaps avail_txqs and avail_rxqs. At the VSI level (i.e. struct ice_vsi
instances) the driver uses two arrays txq_map and rxq_map, to track
ownership of VSIs' queues in avail_txqs and avail_rxqs respectively.

The aforementioned bitmaps and arrays should be allocated dynamically,
because the number of queues supported by a PF is only available once
function capabilities have been queried. The current static allocation
consumes way more memory than required.

This patch removes the DECLARE_BITMAP for avail_txqs and avail_rxqs
and instead uses bitmap_zalloc to allocate the bitmaps during init.
Similarly txq_map and rxq_map are now allocated in ice_vsi_alloc_arrays.
As a result ICE_MAX_TXQS and ICE_MAX_RXQS defines are no longer needed.
Also as txq_map and rxq_map are now allocated and freed, some code
reordering was required in ice_vsi_rebuild for correct functioning.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:45:54 -07:00
Paul Greenwalt
77ca27c417 ice: add support for virtchnl_queue_select.[tx|rx]_queues bitmap
The VF driver can call VIRTCHNL_OP_[ENABLE|DISABLE]_QUEUES separately
for each queue. Add support for virtchnl_queue_select.[tx|rx]_queues
bitmap which is used to indicate which queues to enable and disable.

Add tracing of VF Tx/Rx per queue enable state to avoid enabling enabled
queues and disabling disabled queues. Add total queues enabled count and
clear ICE_VF_STATE_QS_ENA when count is zero.

Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Huang <peng.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:37:16 -07:00
Maciej Fijalkowski
d02f734cb7 ice: add support for enabling/disabling single queues
Refactor the queue handling functions that are going through queue
arrays in a way that the logic done for a single queue is pulled out and
it will be called for each ring when traversing ring array. This implies
that when disabling Tx rings we won't fill up q_ids, q_teids and
q_handles arrays.  Drop also 'offset' parameter; the value from vsi's
txq_map is stored in ring->reg_idx and that drops the need for mentioned
parameter. Introduce the ice_vsi_cfg_txq, ice_vsi_stop_tx_ring and
ice_vsi_ctrl_rx_ring that are the functions with pulled out logic.

There's several Tx queue meta data (q_id, q_handle, q_teid and other)
that need to be set up during Tx queue disablement, so let's as well add
a helper structure that wraps it up and a function that will be filling
it up.

Signed-off-by: Maciej Fijalkowski <maciej.fijalkowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:33:40 -07:00
Colin Ian King
a1199d679a ice: fix potential infinite loop
The loop counter of a for-loop is a u8 however this is being compared
to an int upper bound and this can lead to an infinite loop if the
upper bound is greater than 255 since the loop counter will wrap back
to zero. Fix this potential issue by making the loop counter an int.

Addresses-Coverity: ("Infinite loop")
Fixes: c7aeb4d1b9 ("ice: Disable VFs until reset is completed")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:30:26 -07:00
Jacob Keller
35b4f4372f ice: fix ice_is_tc_ena
ice_is_tc_ena is used to check whether a given traffic class is
enabled. Because there are only 8 traffic classes, the function took
a u8 bitmap. This causes problems because it is cast to an unsigned
long causing a static analysis warning regarding Out-of-bounds read.

Fix this by simply updating ice_is_tc_ena to take an unsigned long.
Passing a u8 to this function should implicitly convert the value.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:27:10 -07:00
Michal Swiatkowski
9c7dd7566d ice: add validation in OP_CONFIG_VSI_QUEUES VF message
Check num_queue_pairs to avoid access to unallocated field of
vsi->tx_rings/vsi->rx_rings. Without this validation we can set
vsi->alloc_txq/vsi->alloc_rxq to value smaller than ICE_MAX_BASE_QS_PER_VF
and send this command with num_queue_pairs greater than
vsi->alloc_txq/vsi->alloc_rxq. This lead to access to unallocated memory.

In VF vsi alloc_txq and alloc_rxq should be the same. Get minimum
because looks more readable.

Also add validation for ring_len param. It should be greater than 32 and
be multiple of 32. Incorrect value leads to hang traffic on PF.

Signed-off-by: Michal Swiatkowski <michal.swiatkowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:25:14 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
e63a1dbdc7 ice: Don't clog kernel debug log with VF MDD events errors
In case of MDD events on VF, don't clog kernel log with unlimited VF MDD
events message "VF 0 has had 1018 MDD events since last boot" - limit
events log message to 30, based on the observation in some experimentation
with sending malicious packet once, and number of events reported before
device stopped observing MDD events.

Also removed defunct macro "ICE_DFLT_NUM_MDD_EVENTS_ALLOWED" for tracking
number of MDD events allowed before disabling the interface...

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:21:28 -07:00
Krzysztof Kazimierczak
4425e0531c ice: Introduce a local variable for a VSI in the rebuild path
When a VSI is accessed inside the ice_for_each_vsi macro in the rebuild
path (ice_vsi_rebuild_all() and ice_vsi_replay_all()), it is referred to
as pf->vsi[i]. Introduce local variables to improve readability.

Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kazimierczak <krzysztof.kazimierczak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:18:06 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg
dc67039b3d ice: shorten local and add debug prints
Add some verbose debugging for dyndbg to help us when
we are having issues with link and/or PHY.

While there, shorten some strings used by locals that
were causing long line wrapping.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:09:46 -07:00
Anirudh Venkataramanan
f27db2e65e ice: Sanitize ice_ena_vsi and ice_dis_vsi
1. ndo_open and ndo_stop are implemented by ice_open and ice_stop
   respectively. When enabling/disabling VSIs, just call
   ice_open/ice_stop instead of ndo_open/ndo_stop.

2. Rework logic around rtnl_lock/rtnl_unlock

3. In ice_ena_vsi, remove an unnecessary stack variable and return
   0 instead of err when __ICE_NEEDS_RESTART is not set.

Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 23:02:48 -07:00
Victor Raj
2935824873 ice: added sibling head to parse nodes
There was a bug in the previous code which never traverses all the
children to get the first node of the requested layer. Add a sibling
head pointer to point the first node of each layer per TC. This helps
traverse easier and quicker and also removes the recursion.

Signed-off-by: Victor Raj <victor.raj@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 22:59:00 -07:00
Usha Ketineni
9e7a5d1746 ice: Fix ethtool port and PFC stats for 4x25G cards
This patch fixes the issue where port and PFC statistics counters are
incrementing at the wrong port with 4x25G cards.
Read the GLPRT port registers using lport parameter instead of pf_id to
update the statistics otherwise the pf_ids are flipped for ports 2 and 3
when read from the HW register PF_FUNC_RID and this is expected as per
hardware specification.

Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-26 22:54:12 -07:00
Jakub Kicinski
d00ee466a0 nfp: add AMDA0058 boards to firmware list
Add MODULE_FIRMWARE entries for AMDA0058 boards.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-26 17:13:35 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
3c95e5013b r8169: improve DMA handling in rtl_rx
Move the call to dma_sync_single_for_cpu after calling napi_alloc_skb.
This avoids calling dma_sync_single_for_cpu w/o handing control back
to device if the memory allocation should fail.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-26 14:33:28 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
c9f14470d0 net: sched: add API for registering unlocked offload block callbacks
Extend struct flow_block_offload with "unlocked_driver_cb" flag to allow
registering and unregistering block hardware offload callbacks that do not
require caller to hold rtnl lock. Extend tcf_block with additional
lockeddevcnt counter that is incremented for each non-unlocked driver
callback attached to device. This counter is necessary to conditionally
obtain rtnl lock before calling hardware callbacks in following patches.

Register mlx5 tc block offload callbacks as "unlocked".

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-26 14:17:43 -07:00
Jiong Wang
86c28b2d69 nfp: bpf: fix latency bug when updating stack index register
NFP is using Local Memory to model stack. LM_addr could be used as base of
a 16 32-bit word region of Local Memory. Then, if the stack offset is
beyond the current region, the local index needs to be updated. The update
needs at least three cycles to take effect, therefore the sequence normally
looks like:

  local_csr_wr[ActLMAddr3, gprB_5]
  nop
  nop
  nop

If the local index switch happens on a narrow loads, then the instruction
preparing value to zero high 32-bit of the destination register could be
counted as one cycle, the sequence then could be something like:

  local_csr_wr[ActLMAddr3, gprB_5]
  nop
  nop
  immed[gprB_5, 0]

However, we have zero extension optimization that zeroing high 32-bit could
be eliminated, therefore above IMMED insn won't be available for which case
the first sequence needs to be generated.

Fixes: 0b4de1ff19 ("nfp: bpf: eliminate zero extension code-gen")
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
2019-08-26 23:03:05 +02:00
Doug Ledford
973ca46d5c Merge remote-tracking branch 'mlx5-next/mlx5-next' into for-next
Bring in the lastest mlx5-next branch as the RDMA RX RoCE Steering
Support patch series requires it (first two patches are in mlx5-next,
final patch in RDMA tree).

Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2019-08-26 10:28:05 -04:00
Prashant Malani
f53a7ad189 r8152: Set memory to all 0xFFs on failed reg reads
get_registers() blindly copies the memory written to by the
usb_control_msg() call even if the underlying urb failed.

This could lead to junk register values being read by the driver, since
some indirect callers of get_registers() ignore the return values. One
example is:
  ocp_read_dword() ignores the return value of generic_ocp_read(), which
  calls get_registers().

So, emulate PCI "Master Abort" behavior by setting the buffer to all
0xFFs when usb_control_msg() fails.

This patch is copied from the r8152 driver (v2.12.0) published by
Realtek (www.realtek.com).

Signed-off-by: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:52:59 -07:00
YueHaibing
0846e1616f cirrus: cs89x0: remove set but not used variable 'lp'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:

drivers/net/ethernet/cirrus/cs89x0.c: In function 'cs89x0_platform_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/cirrus/cs89x0.c:1847:20: warning:
 variable 'lp' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: 6751edeb87 ("cirrus: cs89x0: Use managed interfaces")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:48:59 -07:00
David S. Miller
2889456498 Revert "net: mediatek: remove set but not used variable 'status'"
This reverts commit ee641b0cdb.

Actually it is not clear whether this register read is not
needed for it's HW side effects or not.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:07:04 -07:00
Mao Wenan
ee641b0cdb net: mediatek: remove set but not used variable 'status'
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c: In function mtk_handle_irq:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:1951:6: warning: variable status set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Fixes: 296c912075 ("net: ethernet: mediatek: Add MT7628/88 SoC support")
Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:05:23 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
c1236979b4 net: phy: sfp: Add labels to hwmon sensors
SFPs can report two different power values, the transmit power and the
receive power. Add labels to make it clear which is which. Also add
labels to the other sensors, VCC power supply, bias and module
temperature.

sensors(1) now shows:

sff2-isa-0000
Adapter: ISA adapter
VCC:          +3.23 V
temperature:  +33.4 C
TX_power:    276.00 uW
RX_power:     20.00 uW
bias:         +0.01 A

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 17:01:36 -07:00
David S. Miller
a914a84110 Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-08-23

This series contains updates to ice driver only.

Dave adds logic for the necessary bits to be set in the VSI context for
the PF_VSI and the TX_descriptors for control packets egressing the
PF_VSI.  Updated the logic to detect both DCBx and LLDP states in the
firmware engine to account for situations where DCBx is enabled and LLDP
is disabled.  Fixed the driver to treat the DCBx state of "NOT_STARTED"
as a valid state and should not assume "is_fw_lldp" true automatically.
Since "enable-fw-lldp" flag was confusing and cumbersome, change the
flag to "fw-lldp-agent" with a value of on or off to help clarify
whether the LLDP agent is running or not.

Brett fixes an issue where synchronize_irq() was being called from the
host of VF's, which should not be done.

Michal fixed an issue when rebuilding the DCBx configuration while in
IEEE mode versus CEE mode, so add a check before copying the
configuration value to ensure we are only in CEE mode.

Jake fixes the PF to reject any VF request to setup head writeback since
the support has been deprecated.

Mitch adds an additional check to ensure the VF is active before sending
out an error message that a message was unable to be sent to a
particular VF.

Chinh updates the driver to use "topology" mode when checking the PHY
for status, since this mode provides us the current module type that is
available.  Fixes the driver from clearing the auto_fec_enable bit which
was blocking a user from forcing non-spec compliant FEC configurations.

Amruth does a refactor on the code to first check, then assign in the
virtual channel space.

Bruce updates the driver to actually update the stats when a user runs
the ethtool command 'ethtool -S <iface>' instead of providing a snapshot
of the stats that maybe from a second ago.

Akeem fixes up the adding/removing of VSI MAC filters for VFs, so that
VFs cannot add/remove a filter from another VSI.  We now track the
number of filters added right from when the VF resources get allocated
and won't get into MAC filter mis-match issue in the switch.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 16:46:45 -07:00
Michael Chan
fbbdbc6473 bnxt_en: Fix allocation of zero statistics block size regression.
Recent commit added logic to determine the appropriate statistics block
size to allocate and the size is stored in bp->hw_ring_stats_size.  But
if the firmware spec is older than 1.6.0, it is 0 and not initialized.
This causes the allocation to fail with size 0 and bnxt_open() to
abort.  Fix it by always initializing bp->hw_ring_stats_size to the
legacy default size value.

Fixes: 4e74850663 ("bnxt_en: Allocate the larger per-ring statistics block for 57500 chips.")
Reported-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 16:34:41 -07:00
David S. Miller
d37fb9758f mlx5-fixes-2019-08-22
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl1e/VgACgkQSD+KveBX
 +j6IgAgAt5c/f8Q06yrCBdUw1plX0sOXY+0TCT3iRCVQxkGsr4KSn8SmFK1Jn3PC
 CU1SF0dpmKHWMxjOBI+vONSErFayNEGhHfXIaiug5b/Bcs6VEi4hSzjyj6DDJSbn
 8sn/1enVR9S9ZlMprKexUu3YBb/sWXKAx9bQdZu82yfi8o/PKCr7kA3BimmFVJmH
 nXoGA++c6WJUOp/4vh8FqxI8zWjvPNt8cf4qEu/gjN2y/LtAMBx9BLyY1Zd3yqWV
 Pa0y741NA4LFtzWSVfJtLFS8rdVyvigbbDYrDO+yydQBO5VD/Qumu+ENnPOqWhe+
 CfMP9KAP/aBGXTBS8Atj9gQVoSXYeQ==
 =GQ0j
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2019-08-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2019-08-22

This series introduces some fixes to mlx5 driver.

1) Form Moshe, two fixes for firmware health reporter
2) From Eran, two ktls fixes.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 16:27:09 -07:00
YueHaibing
2307f4a517 net: hns3: Fix -Wunused-const-variable warning
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.h:542:30:
 warning: meta_data_key_info defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.h:553:30:
 warning: tuple_key_info defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]

The two variable is only used in hclge_main.c,
so just move the definition over there.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 16:24:05 -07:00
David S. Miller
12e2e15d83 Merge branch 'ieee802154-for-davem-2019-08-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sschmidt/wpan
Stefan Schmidt says:

====================
pull-request: ieee802154 for net 2019-08-24

An update from ieee802154 for your *net* tree.

Yue Haibing fixed two bugs discovered by KASAN in the hwsim driver for
ieee802154 and Colin Ian King cleaned up a redundant variable assignment.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-24 13:46:57 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
345b93265b Revert "r8169: remove not needed call to dma_sync_single_for_device"
This reverts commit f072218cca.

As reported by Aaro this patch causes network problems on
MIPS Loongson platform. Therefore revert it.

Fixes: f072218cca ("r8169: remove not needed call to dma_sync_single_for_device")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-23 15:11:26 -07:00
Heiner Kallweit
d4ed7463d0 r8169: fix DMA issue on MIPS platform
As reported by Aaro this patch causes network problems on
MIPS Loongson platform. Therefore revert it.

Fixes: f072218cca ("r8169: remove not needed call to dma_sync_single_for_device")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-23 15:10:50 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
87cade2997 net/mlx5: Fix return code in case of hyperv wrong size read
Return code value could be non deterministic in case of wrong size read.
With this patch, if such error occurs, set rc to be -EIO.

In addition, mlx5_hv_config_common() supports reading of
HV_CONFIG_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX bytes only, fix to early return error with
bad input.

Fixes: 913d14e866 ("net/mlx5: Add wrappers for HyperV PCIe operations")
Reported-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-23 14:44:14 -07:00
Hayes Wang
e7bde56b74 r8152: add a helper function about setting EEE
Add a helper function "rtl_eee_enable" for setting EEE. Besides, I
move r8153_eee_en() and r8153b_eee_en(). And, I remove r8152b_enable_eee(),
r8153_set_eee(), and r8153b_set_eee().

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-23 14:25:23 -07:00
Hayes Wang
f4a93be689 r8152: saving the settings of EEE
Saving the settings of EEE to avoid they become the default settings
after reset_resume().

Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-23 14:25:23 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
8b2c858240 ice: Don't allow VSI to remove unassociated ucast filter
If a VSI is not using a unicast filter or did not configure that
particular unicast filter, driver should not allow it to be removed
by the rogue VSI.

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:51:46 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
bbb968e8b3 ice: Fix issues updating VSI MAC filters
VSI, especially VF could request to add or remove filter for another VSI,
driver should really guide such request and disallow it.
However, instead of returning error for such malicious request, driver
can simply return success.

In addition, we are not tracking number of MAC filters configured per
VF correctly - and this leads to issue updating VF MAC filters whenever
they were removed and re-configured via bringing VF interface down and
up. Also, since VF could send request to update multiple MAC filters at
once, driver should program those filters individually in the switch, in
order to determine which action resulted to error, and communicate
accordingly to the VF.

So, with this changes, we now track number of filters added right from
when VF resources allocation is done, and could properly add filters for
both trusted and non_trusted VFs, without MAC filters mis-match issue in
the switch...

Also refactor code, so that driver can use new function to add or remove
MAC filters.

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:46:53 -07:00
Bruce Allan
5a4a867310 ice: update ethtool stats on-demand
Users expect ethtool statistics to be updated on-demand when invoking
'ethtool -S <iface>' instead of providing a snapshot of statistics taken
once a second (the frequency of the watchdog task where stats are currently
updated).  Update stats every time 'ethtool -S <iface>' is run.

Also, fix an indentation style issue and an unnecessary local variable
initialization in ice_get_ethtool_stats() discovered while investigating
the subject issue.

Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:34:27 -07:00
Amruth G.P
3f416961b0 ice: Add input handlers for virtual channel handlers
Move the assignment to local variables after validation.

Remove unnecessary checks in ice_vc_process_vf_msg() as the respective
functions are now performing the checks.

Signed-off-by: "Amruth G.P" <amruth.gouda.parameshwarappa@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nitesh B Venkatesh <nitesh.b.venkatesh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:29:53 -07:00
Chinh T Cao
3747f03115 ice: Don't clear auto_fec bit in ice_cfg_phy_fec()
The driver should never clear the auto_fec_enable bit.

Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:25:39 -07:00
Chinh T Cao
057911ba9b ice: Fix flag used for module query
When checking the PHY for status, by specification, the driver
should be using "topology" mode when querying the module type.

Signed-off-by: Chinh T Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:23:11 -07:00
Mitch Williams
90e477379e ice: silence some bogus error messages
In some circumstances, VF devices can be deactivated while a message is
in-flight. In that case, a series of scary error message will be
printed in the log. Since these are actually harmless, check for this
case and suppress them. No harm, no foul.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:20:32 -07:00
Dave Ertman
84a118ab58 ice: Rename ethtool private flag for lldp
The current flag name of "enable-fw-lldp" is a bit cumbersome.

Change priv-flag name to "fw-lldp-agent" with a value of on or
off.  This is more straight-forward in meaning.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:15:15 -07:00
Jacob Keller
f8af5bf5b4 ice: reject VF attempts to enable head writeback
The virtchnl interface provides a mechanism for a VF driver to request
head writeback support. This feature is deprecated as of AVF 1.0, but
older versions of a VF driver may still attempt to request the mode.

Since the ice hardware does not support head writeback, we should not
accept Tx queue configuration which attempts to enable it.

Currently, the driver simply assumes that the headwb_enabled bit will
never be set.

If a VF driver does request head writeback, the configuration will
return successfully, even though head writeback is not enabled. This
leaves the VF driver in a non functional state since it is assuming to
be operating in head writeback mode.

Fix the PF driver to reject any attempt to setup headwb_enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 10:09:45 -07:00
Michal Swiatkowski
42a179c80d ice: Copy dcbx configuration only if mode is correct
In rebuild DCB desired_dcbx_cfg was copy to local_dcbx_cfg, but
if DCBX mode is IEEE desired_dcbx_cfg is not initialized by DCBX
config from FW. Change logic to copy config value only if mode is
set to CEE.

If driver copy desired_dcbx_cfg to local_dcbx_cfg in IEEE mode there
is problem with globr. System is frozen after two or more globr.

Signed-off-by: Michal Swiatkowski <michal.swiatkowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 09:59:51 -07:00
Dave Ertman
64bcaec642 ice: Treat DCBx state NOT_STARTED as valid
When a port is not cabled, but DCBx is enabled in the
firmware, the status of DCBx will be NOT_STARTED.  This
is a valid state for FW enabled and should not be
treated as a is_fw_lldp true automatically.

Add the code to treat NOT_STARTED as another valid state.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 09:55:55 -07:00
Brett Creeley
da4a9e73d8 ice: Don't call synchronize_irq() for VF's from the host
Currently we will call synchronize_irq() from the host for VF's. This is
not correct, so don't allow it.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 09:49:19 -07:00
Dave Ertman
1b0c3247a0 ice: Account for all states of FW DCBx and LLDP
Currently, only the DCBx status is taken into account to
determine if FW LLDP is possible.  But there are NVM version
coming out with DCBx enabled, and FW LLDP disabled.  This
is causing errors where the driver sees that DCBx is not
disabled, and then tries to register for LLDP MIB change
events, and fails.

Change the logic to detect both DCBx and LLDP states in the
FW engine.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 09:44:48 -07:00
Dave Ertman
0c3a6101ff ice: Allow egress control packets from PF_VSI
For control packets (i.e. LLDP packets) to be able to egress
from the main VSI, a bit has to be set in the TX_descriptor.
This should only be done for the main VSI and only if the
FW LLDP agent is disabled.  A bit to allow this also has to
be set in the VSI context.

Add the logic to add the necessary bits in the VSI context
for the PF_VSI and the TX_descriptors for control packets
egressing the PF_VSI.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-23 09:17:45 -07:00
Markus Elfring
399e06a517 ethernet: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
The dev_kfree_skb() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the shown calls is not needed.

This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:22:04 -07:00
Markus Elfring
5477fccf9a net: usb: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
The dev_kfree_skb() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the shown calls is not needed.

This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:22:03 -07:00
Markus Elfring
b7deac3197 hamradio: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
The dev_kfree_skb() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the shown calls is not needed.

This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:22:03 -07:00
Markus Elfring
038dab7efc can: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
The dev_kfree_skb() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the shown calls is not needed.

This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean@geanix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:22:03 -07:00
Marco Hartmann
d3ee8ec7de net: fec: add C45 MDIO read/write support
IEEE 802.3ae clause 45 defines a modified MDIO protocol that uses a two
staged access model in order to increase the address space.

This patch adds support for C45 MDIO read and write accesses, which are
used whenever the MII_ADDR_C45 flag in the regnum argument is set.
In case it is not set, C22 accesses are used as before.

Signed-off-by: Marco Hartmann <marco.hartmann@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:16:03 -07:00
David S. Miller
4df0d839ba wireless-drivers fixes for 5.3
Third set of fixes for 5.3, and most likely the last one. The rt2x00
 regression has been reported multiple times, others are of lower
 priority.
 
 mt76
 
 * fix hang on resume on certain machines
 
 rt2x00
 
 * fix AP mode regression related to encryption
 
 iwlwifi
 
 * avoid unnecessary error messages due to multicast frames when not
   associated
 
 * fix configuration for ax201 devices
 
 * fix recognition of QuZ devices
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJdXN3tAAoJEG4XJFUm622bIA0IAJp6NkccJirGLt02u3EM1d+Y
 nZbdK2rV3rRLD8/XedL8Ia+0LVjrZmWPJC6DouBYXiXo1fHdphGv5ifCwUTf392l
 wGEAHjqCBEHPWVOTj4Cg/XboOKuChTeR/XyBz1Vgw0PUHX1EV+93R4823tkmD8lI
 2G4JaO81YfZbud9FLvd2ry3jreRoWlxk3W/GkZNegW2yVPkqCp491xGd5qmMf+ey
 sVj80VegEDLpX6jqBZev9ePbwORU42dVvhp4fgaA/1GUchA5hwrBjpZmwRrgxbhA
 y+NWat3s9agZ/o7mtMYN50D6h/fqoE8zVNqeH0csZEuSQzPS3k263Py+tIYEjfM=
 =Z/Yo
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2019-08-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 5.3

Third set of fixes for 5.3, and most likely the last one. The rt2x00
regression has been reported multiple times, others are of lower
priority.

mt76

* fix hang on resume on certain machines

rt2x00

* fix AP mode regression related to encryption

iwlwifi

* avoid unnecessary error messages due to multicast frames when not
  associated

* fix configuration for ax201 devices

* fix recognition of QuZ devices
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:12:16 -07:00
Wenwen Wang
de0e4fd2f0 qed: Add cleanup in qed_slowpath_start()
If qed_mcp_send_drv_version() fails, no cleanup is executed, leading to
memory leaks. To fix this issue, introduce the label 'err4' to perform the
cleanup work before returning the error.

Signed-off-by: Wenwen Wang <wenwen@cs.uga.edu>
Acked-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <skalluru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 16:11:31 -07:00
Yangbo Lu
a71d9eff93 ocelot_ace: fix action of trap
The trap action should be copying the frame to CPU and
dropping it for forwarding, but current setting was just
copying frame to CPU.

Fixes: b596229448 ("net: mscc: ocelot: Add support for tcam")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 15:44:24 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
a195784c10 net/mlx5e: Remove ethernet segment from dump WQE
Dump WQE shall not include Ethernet segment. Define mlx5e_dump_wqe to be
used for "Dump WQEs" instead of sharing it with the general mlx5e_tx_wqe
layout.

Fixes: d2ead1f360 ("net/mlx5e: Add kTLS TX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-22 13:38:48 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
5c6f40c617 net/mlx5e: Add num bytes metadata to WQE info
For TLS WQEs, metadata info did not include num_bytes. Due to this issue,
tx_tls_dump_bytes counter did not increment.

Modify tx_fill_wi() to fill num bytes. When it is called for non-traffic
WQE, zero is expected.

Fixes: d2ead1f360 ("net/mlx5e: Add kTLS TX HW offload support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-22 13:38:48 -07:00
Moshe Shemesh
a6633e11e8 net/mlx5: Fix delay in fw fatal report handling due to fw report
When fw fatal error occurs, poll health() first detects and reports on a
fw error. Afterwards, it detects and reports on the fw fatal error
itself.

That can cause a long delay in fw fatal error handling which waits in a
queue for the fw error handling to be finished. The fw error handle will
try asking for fw core dump command while fw in fatal state may not
respond and driver will wait for command timeout.

Changing the flow to detect and handle first fw fatal errors and only if
no fatal error detected look for a fw error to handle.

Fixes: d1bf0e2cc4 ("net/mlx5: Report devlink health on FW issues")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-22 13:38:47 -07:00
Moshe Shemesh
8465df4025 net/mlx5: Fix crdump chunks print
Crdump repeats itself every chunk of 256bytes.
That is due to bug of missing progressing offset while copying the data
from buffer to devlink_fmsg.

Fixes: 9b1f298236 ("net/mlx5: Add support for FW fatal reporter dump")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-22 13:38:47 -07:00
Marcin Formela
1b5f5d388b i40e: fix retrying in i40e_aq_get_phy_capabilities
Fixed a bug where driver was breaking out of the loop and
reporting an error without retrying first.

Signed-off-by: Marcin Formela <marcin.formela@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:14 -07:00
Sylwia Wnuczko
65c275e401 i40e: Persistent LLDP support
This patch adds a function to read NVM module data and uses it to
read current LLDP agent configuration from NVM API version 1.8.

Signed-off-by: Sylwia Wnuczko <sylwia.wnuczko@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:14 -07:00
Piotr Kwapulinski
a39f165db5 i40e: allow reset in recovery mode
Driver waits after issuing a reset. When a reset takes too long a driver
gives up. Implemented by invoking PF reset in a loop. After defined
number of unsuccessful PF reset trials it returns error.
Without this patch PF reset fails when NIC is in recovery mode.

So make i40e_set_mac_type() public. i40e driver requires i40e_set_mac_type()
to be public. It is required for recovery mode handling. Without this patch
recovery mode could not be detected in i40e_probe().

Signed-off-by: Piotr Kwapulinski <piotr.kwapulinski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:14 -07:00
Grzegorz Siwik
541d97310a i40e: Remove function i40e_update_dcb_config()
This patch removes function i40e_update_dcb_config(). Instead of
i40e_update_dcb_config() we use i40e_init_dcb(), which implements the
correct NVM read.

Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Siwik <grzegorz.siwik@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:14 -07:00
Slawomir Laba
9889707b06 i40e: Fix crash caused by stress setting of VF MAC addresses
Add update to the VSI pointer passed to the i40e_set_vf_mac function.
If VF is in reset state the driver waits in i40e_set_vf_mac function
for the reset to be complete, yet after reset the vsi pointer
that was passed into this function is no longer valid.

The patch updates local VSI pointer directly from pf->vsi array,
by using the id stored in VF pointer (lan_vsi_idx).

Without this commit the driver might occasionally invoke general
protection fault in kernel and disable the OS entirely.

Signed-off-by: Slawomir Laba <slawomirx.laba@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:14 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1e0303fd29 i40e: reset veb.tc_stats when resetting veb.stats
The stats structure for the VEB switch statistics is reset periodically,
but the tc_stats are not reset at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Piotr Azarewicz
f93b3fd9a3 i40e: Update FW API version to 1.9
Upcoming FW increment API version to 1.9 due to Extend PHY access AQ
command support. SW is ready for that support as well.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Azarewicz <piotr.azarewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Adrian Podlawski
d4256c8e9a i40e: check_recovery_mode had wrong if statement
Function check_recovery_mode had wrong if statement.
Now we check proper FWS1B register values, which are responsible for
the recovery mode. Recovery mode has 4 values for x710 and 2 for x722.
That's why we need 6 different flags which are defined in the code.
Now in the if statement, we recognize type of mac address
and register value.
Without those changes driver could show wrong state.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Podlawski <adrian.podlawski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Sylwia Wnuczko
d802c760ab i40e: Add drop mode parameter to set mac config
This patch adds "drop mode" parameter to set mac config AQ command.
This bit controls the behavior when a no-drop packet is blocking a TC
queue.
0 – The PF driver is notified.
1 – The blocking packet is dropped and then the PF driver is notified.

Signed-off-by: Sylwia Wnuczko <sylwia.wnuczko@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Beilei Xing
fb59826288 i40e: fix shifts of signed values
This patch fixes following error reported by cppcheck:
(error) Shifting signed 32-bit value by 31 bits is undefined behaviour

Signed-off-by: Beilei Xing <beilei.xing@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ferruh Yigit <ferruh.yigit@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
huhai
408bfc382e i40e: add check on i40e_configure_tx_ring() return value
When i40e_configure_tx_ring(vsi->tx_rings[i]) returns an error, we should
exit from i40e_vsi_configure_tx and return the error, instead of continuing
to check whether xdp is enable, and configure the xdp transmit ring.

Signed-off-by: huhai <huhai@kylinos.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Mauro S. M. Rodrigues
bc6c1eaaed i40e: Check if transceiver implements DDM before access
Similar to the ixgbe issue fixed in:
655c914145 ("ixgbe: Check DDM existence in transceiver before access)

i40e has the same issue when reading eeprom from SFP's module that comply
with SFF-8472 but not implement the Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM)
interface described in it. The existence of such area is specified by bit
6 of byte 92, set to 1 if implemented.

Without this patch, due to not checking this bit i40e fails to read SFP
module's eeprom with the follow message:

ethtool -m enP51p1s0f0
Cannot get Module EEPROM data: Input/output error

Because it fails to read the additional 256 bytes in which it was assumed
to exist the DDM data.

Signed-off-by: "Mauro S. M. Rodrigues" <maurosr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann
33b165684a i40e: reduce stack usage in i40e_set_fc
The functions i40e_aq_get_phy_abilities_resp() and i40e_set_fc() both
have giant structure on the stack, which makes each one use stack frames
larger than 500 bytes.

As clang decides one function into the other, we get a warning for
exceeding the frame size limit on 32-bit architectures:

drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_common.c:1654:23: error: stack frame size of 1116 bytes in function 'i40e_set_fc' [-Werror,-Wframe-larger-than=]

When building with gcc, the inlining does not happen, but i40e_set_fc()
calls i40e_aq_get_phy_abilities_resp() anyway, so they add up on the
kernel stack just as much.

The parts that actually use large stacks don't overlap, so make sure
each one is a separate function, and mark them as noinline_for_stack to
prevent the compilers from combining them again.

Fixes: 0a862b43ac ("i40e/i40evf: Add module_types and update_link_info")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-22 13:24:13 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
cef35af34d net/mlx5e: Add mlx5e HV VHCA stats agent
HV VHCA stats agent is responsible on running a preiodic rx/tx
packets/bytes stats update. Currently the supported format is version
MLX5_HV_VHCA_STATS_VERSION. Block ID 1 is dedicated for statistics data
transfer from the VF to the PF.

The reporter fetch the statistics data from all opened channels, fill it
in a buffer and send it to mlx5_hv_vhca_write_agent.

As the stats layer should include some metadata per block (sequence and
offset), the HV VHCA layer shall modify the buffer before actually send it
over block 1.

Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 00:25:12 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
29ddad4316 net/mlx5: Add HV VHCA control agent
Control agent is responsible over of the control block (ID 0). It should
update the PF via this block about every capability change. In addition,
upon block 0 invalidate, it should activate all other supported agents
with data requests from the PF.

Upon agent create/destroy, the invalidate callback of the control agent
is being called in order to update the PF driver about this change.

The control agent is an integral part of HV VHCA and will be created
and destroy as part of the HV VHCA init/cleanup flow.

Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 00:25:12 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
87175120de net/mlx5: Add HV VHCA infrastructure
HV VHCA is a layer which provides PF to VF communication channel based on
HyperV PCI config channel. It implements Mellanox's Inter VHCA control
communication protocol. The protocol contains control block in order to
pass messages between the PF and VF drivers, and data blocks in order to
pass actual data.

The infrastructure is agent based. Each agent will be responsible of
contiguous buffer blocks in the VHCA config space. This infrastructure will
bind agents to their blocks, and those agents can only access read/write
the buffer blocks assigned to them. Each agent will provide three
callbacks (control, invalidate, cleanup). Control will be invoked when
block-0 is invalidated with a command that concerns this agent. Invalidate
callback will be invoked if one of the blocks assigned to this agent was
invalidated. Cleanup will be invoked before the agent is being freed in
order to clean all of its open resources or deferred works.

Block-0 serves as the control block. All execution commands from the PF
will be written by the PF over this block. VF will ack on those by
writing on block-0 as well. Its format is described by struct
mlx5_hv_vhca_control_block layout.

Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 00:25:12 -07:00
Eran Ben Elisha
913d14e866 net/mlx5: Add wrappers for HyperV PCIe operations
Add wrapper functions for HyperV PCIe read / write /
block_invalidate_register operations.  This will be used as an
infrastructure in the downstream patch for software communication.

This will be enabled by default if CONFIG_PCI_HYPERV_INTERFACE is set.

Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-22 00:25:12 -07:00
Dan Carpenter
cc07db5a5b gve: Copy and paste bug in gve_get_stats()
There is a copy and paste error so we have "rx" where "tx" was intended
in the priv->tx[] array.

Fixes: f5cedc84a3 ("gve: Add transmit and receive support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Catherine Sullivan <csully@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 20:50:26 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
738a2e4b17 net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Do not configure PHYLINK on CPU port
The SF2 binding does not specify that the CPU port should have
properties mandatory for successfully instantiating a PHYLINK object. As
such, there will be missing properties (including fixed-link) and when
attempting to validate and later configure link modes, we will have an
incorrect set of parameters (interface, speed, duplex).

Simply prevent the CPU port from being configured through PHYLINK since
bcm_sf2_imp_setup() takes care of that already.

Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 20:35:29 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
5970882a25 net/mlx5e: Add trace point for neigh update
Allow tracing neigh state during neigh update task that is executed on
workqueue and is scheduled by neigh state change event.

Usage example:
 ># cd /sys/kernel/debug/tracing
 ># echo mlx5:mlx5e_rep_neigh_update >> set_event
 ># cat trace
    ...
    kworker/u48:7-2221  [009] ...1  1475.387435: mlx5e_rep_neigh_update:
netdev: ens1f0 MAC: 24:8a:07:9a:17:9a IPv4: 1.1.1.10 IPv6: ::ffff:1.1.1.10 neigh_connected=1

Added corresponding documentation in
    Documentation/networking/device-driver/mellanox/mlx5.rst

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:18 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
c786fe596b net/mlx5e: Add trace point for neigh used value update
Allow tracing result of neigh used value update task that is executed
periodically on workqueue.

Usage example:
 ># cd /sys/kernel/debug/tracing
 ># echo mlx5:mlx5e_tc_update_neigh_used_value >> set_event
 ># cat trace
    ...
    kworker/u48:4-8806  [009] ...1 55117.882428: mlx5e_tc_update_neigh_used_value:
netdev: ens1f0 IPv4: 1.1.1.10 IPv6: ::ffff:1.1.1.10 neigh_used=1

Added corresponding documentation in
    Documentation/networking/device-driver/mellanox/mlx5.rst

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:18 -07:00
Dmytro Linkin
7a978759b4 net/mlx5e: Add tc flower tracepoints
Implemented following tracepoints:
1. Configure flower (mlx5e_configure_flower)
2. Delete flower (mlx5e_delete_flower)
3. Stats flower (mlx5e_stats_flower)

Usage example:
 ># cd /sys/kernel/debug/tracing
 ># echo mlx5:mlx5e_configure_flower >> set_event
 ># cat trace
    ...
    tc-6535  [019] ...1  2672.404466: mlx5e_configure_flower: cookie=0000000067874a55 actions= REDIRECT

Added corresponding documentation in
    Documentation/networking/device-driver/mellanox/mlx5.rst

Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dmitrolin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:17 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
95435ad799 net/mlx5e: Only access fully initialized flows in neigh update
To remove dependency on rtnl lock and prevent neigh update code from
accessing uninitialized flows when executing concurrently with tc, extend
mlx5e_tc_flow with 'init_done' completion. Modify helper
mlx5e_take_all_encap_flows() to wait for flow completion after obtaining
reference to it. Modify mlx5e_tc_encap_flows_del() and
mlx5e_tc_encap_flows_add() to skip flows that don't have OFFLOADED flag
set, which can happen if concurrent flow initialization failed.

This commit finishes neigh update refactoring for concurrent execution
started in previous change in this series.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:17 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
2a1f1768fa net/mlx5e: Refactor neigh update for concurrent execution
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock and allow neigh update workqueue
task to execute concurrently with tc, refactor mlx5e_rep_neigh_update() for
concurrent execution:

- Lock encap table when accessing encap entry to prevent concurrent
  changes. To do this properly, the initial encap state check is moved from
  mlx5e_rep_neigh_update() into mlx5e_rep_update_flows() to be performed
  under encap_tbl_lock protection.

- Wait for encap to be fully initialized before accessing it by means of
  'res_ready' completion.

- Add mlx5e_take_all_encap_flows() helper which is used to construct a
  temporary list of flows and efi indexes that is used to access current
  encap data in flow which can be attached to multiple encaps
  simultaneously. Release the flows from temporary list after
  encap_tbl_lock critical section. This is necessary because
  mlx5e_flow_put() can't be called while holding encap_tbl_lock.

- Modify mlx5e_tc_encap_flows_add() and mlx5e_tc_encap_flows_del() to work
  with user-provided list of flows built by mlx5e_take_all_encap_flows(),
  instead of traversing encap flow list directly.

This is first step in complex neigh update refactoring, which is finished
by following commit in this series.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:17 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
6a06c2f784 net/mlx5e: Refactor neigh used value update for concurrent execution
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock and allow neigh used value
update workqueue task to execute concurrently with tc, refactor
mlx5e_tc_update_neigh_used_value() for concurrent execution:

- Lock encap table when accessing encap entry to prevent concurrent
  changes.

- Save offloaded encap flows to temporary list and release them after encap
  entry is updated. Add mlx5e_put_encap_flow_list() helper which is
  intended to be shared with neigh update code in following patch in this
  series. This is necessary because mlx5e_flow_put() can't be called while
  holding encap_tbl_lock.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:17 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
ac0d917632 net/mlx5e: Protect neigh hash encap list with spinlock and rcu
Rcu-ify mlx5e_neigh_hash_entry->encap_list by changing operations on encap
list to their rcu counterparts and extending encap structure with rcu_head
to free the encap instances after rcu grace period. Use rcu read lock when
traversing encap list. Implement helper mlx5e_get_next_valid_encap()
function that is used by mlx5e_tc_update_neigh_used_value() to safely
iterate over valid entries of nhe->encap_list.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:17 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
70e83bd3b0 net/mlx5e: Refactor mlx5e_neigh_update_table->encap_lock
To remove dependency on rtnl lock, always take neigh update encap lock when
modifying neigh update hash table and list. Originally, this lock was only
used to synchronize with netevent handler function, which is called from bh
context and cannot use rtnl lock for synchronization. Take lock in encap
entry attach function to prevent concurrent modifications of neigh update
hash table and list.

Taking the encap lock when creating new nhe introduces a problem that we
need to allocate new entry with sleeping GFP_KERNEL flag while holding a
spinlock. However, since previous patch in this series has already
converted lookup in netevent handler function to user rcu read lock instead
of encap lock, we can safely convert the lock type to mutex.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:16 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
1216ce9d4a net/mlx5e: Extend neigh hash entry with rcu
To remove dependency on rtnl lock and to allow unlocked iteration over list
of neigh hash entries, extend nhe with rcu. Change operations on neigh list
to their rcu counterparts and free neigh hash entry with rcu timeout.

Introduce mlx5e_get_next_nhe() helper that is used to iterate over rcu
neigh list with reference to nhe taken.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:16 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
61081f9c09 net/mlx5e: Always take reference to neigh entry
Neigh entry has reference counter, however it is only used when scheduling
neigh update event. In all other cases reference to neigh entry is not
taken while working with it. Neigh code relies on synchronization provided
by rtnl lock and uses encap list size as implicit reference counter.

To remove dependency on rtnl lock, always take reference to neigh entry
while using it. Remove neigh entry from hash table and delete it only when
reference counter reaches zero. This can result spurious neigh update
events, when there is an event on entry that has zero encaps attached.
However, such events are rare and properly handled by neigh update handler.

Extend encap entry with reference to neigh hash entry in order to be able
to directly release it when encap is detached, instead of lookup nhe by key
through hash table. Extend nhe with reference to device priv structure to
guarantee correctness when nhe is used with stack devices, bond setup, in
which case it is non-trivial to determine correct device when releasing the
nhe.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:16 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
93415e45d3 net/mlx5e: Extract code that queues neigh update work into function
As a preparation for following refactoring that removes rtnl lock
dependency from neigh hash entry handlers, extract code that enqueues neigh
update work into standalone function. This commit doesn't change
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 15:55:16 -07:00
Antoine Tenart
2d683eaaee net: cpsw: fix NULL pointer exception in the probe error path
In certain cases when the probe function fails the error path calls
cpsw_remove_dt() before calling platform_set_drvdata(). This is an
issue as cpsw_remove_dt() uses platform_get_drvdata() to retrieve the
cpsw_common data and leds to a NULL pointer exception. This patches
fixes it by calling platform_set_drvdata() earlier in the probe.

Fixes: 83a8471ba2 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: refactor probe to group common hw initialization")
Reported-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:58:15 -07:00
YueHaibing
2b9b5e7450 net: stmmac: dwc-qos: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:34 -07:00
YueHaibing
ad124aa34e net: stmmac: dwmac-anarion: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
f33bf6b00f net: stmmac: dwmac-meson: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
999232a38f net: stmmac: dwmac-meson8b: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
913919e51e net: systemport: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
4ca3348dff net: bcmgenet: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
531fd23b00 pxa168_eth: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
37f76049b0 net: mvneta: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:52:33 -07:00
YueHaibing
4f830a5af7 net: fec: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:13 -07:00
YueHaibing
b6df983076 ezchip: nps_enet: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:13 -07:00
YueHaibing
1a1ba71188 cirrus: cs89x0: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
ffb36a10c6 net: sxgbe: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
4865695c0f net: ks8851-ml: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
5bd5b56457 net: socionext: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
8a54d4c219 via-rhine: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
c8ace62ff3 net: ethernet: ti: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
YueHaibing
eba39fd6fe amd-xgbe: use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify code
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:42:12 -07:00
David S. Miller
fb86b9208f Here are a few groups of changes:
* EDMG channel support (60 GHz, just a single patch)
  * initial 6/7 GHz band support (Arend)
  * association timestamp recording (Ben)
  * rate control improvements for better performance with
    the mt76 driver (Felix)
  * various fixes for previous HE support changes (John)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAl1dFssACgkQB8qZga/f
 l8SJvw/9FtGTTqIQ7CK8Jse8syUNmk2YsTirqwtlSAwBGD/ymIm0w9FhgzrRgzr3
 PYQWX4yrMowfq/kEGaQD6x3IjdqG7YgwaCcdHp0Ag6QY/cP4xedV2jW6U/VPD58L
 uHVykMHLQaLuq9lcs5idKbPXnOU+j/Q4/YbY25fx7UDy0DdmRuupM909OGLXyWzs
 nJYr+SZ8ph9PRXvhUMmNhtu7GVYlnlkZ+fA/6LFxHwby6CEN7SGTkljehPFrjY1m
 5I5sltlnpbhRsa0ZJBgdelhFlloiYTJYA4+G5nDvSWLz8QOOQ1iSYFo01Ob7hJlH
 p9gSRypDVsBqNMcOCHsprsmO9gTpopPpcZK7p1il28HLy3mPW3GSKdSneV6kzOcJ
 8SdRxM6I3855b05JpfnUsdfp8ZOFu/l1y9glcyWCPQncOLGLYGTtkZTh12R8VzG+
 PJaRstUu+AQNYsxfZFCpcDvRT3tLgj2ggY1/+xUQIh6VCAokCKo4LUGhYzIY8LZe
 cNLJIKtlM4GvyScr3qsdrVZiG0Qu872OK4WdVusFWBIpzjEvg5q8Ss2TpENG9T1k
 fODJavN7gVyDJ7uhAr1+lpMRHzMkZUFpmoUmtga8eYbeDyaK1tHSVmYI0H2A3YfU
 3hkST11tfVjmRKIVsZA1vQfu2fRhvAKnk1EPsGJIF02qDAFrgyw=
 =Zcma
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-08-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg:

====================
Here are a few groups of changes:
 * EDMG channel support (60 GHz, just a single patch)
 * initial 6/7 GHz band support (Arend)
 * association timestamp recording (Ben)
 * rate control improvements for better performance with
   the mt76 driver (Felix)
 * various fixes for previous HE support changes (John)
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 13:02:32 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
b5ce611fd9 mlxsw: spectrum: Add devlink-trap support
Register supported packet traps (layer 2 drops only, currently) and
associated trap group with devlink during driver initialization.

The amount of traffic generated by these packet drop traps is capped at
10Kpps to ensure the CPU is not overwhelmed by incoming packets.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 12:58:39 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
9e6290c75a mlxsw: Add trap group for layer 2 discards
Discard trap groups are defined in a different enum so that they could
all share the same policer ID: MLXSW_REG_HTGT_TRAP_GROUP_MAX + 1.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 12:58:39 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
a812cedb8e mlxsw: Add layer 2 discard trap IDs
Add the trap IDs used to report layer 2 drops.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 12:58:39 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
6a44bae3b2 mlxsw: reg: Add new trap actions
Subsequent patches will add discard traps support in mlxsw. The driver
cannot configure such traps with a normal trap action, but needs to use
exception trap action, which also increments an error counter.

On the other hand, when these traps are initialized or set to drop
action, they should use the default drop action set by the firmware.
This guarantees that when the feature is disabled we get the exact same
behavior as before the feature was introduced.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 12:58:39 -07:00
Ido Schimmel
b7bf027087 mlxsw: core: Add API to set trap action
Up until now the action of a trap was never changed during its lifetime.
This is going to change by subsequent patches that will allow devlink to
control the action of certain traps.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-21 12:58:39 -07:00
Jason Gunthorpe
868df536f5 Merge branch 'odp_fixes' into rdma.git for-next
Jason Gunthorpe says:

====================
This is a collection of general cleanups for ODP to clarify some of the
flows around umem creation and use of the interval tree.
====================

The branch is based on v5.3-rc5 due to dependencies

* odp_fixes:
  RDMA/mlx5: Use odp instead of mr->umem in pagefault_mr
  RDMA/mlx5: Use ib_umem_start instead of umem.address
  RDMA/core: Make invalidate_range a device operation
  RDMA/odp: Use kvcalloc for the dma_list and page_list
  RDMA/odp: Check for overflow when computing the umem_odp end
  RDMA/odp: Provide ib_umem_odp_release() to undo the allocs
  RDMA/odp: Split creating a umem_odp from ib_umem_get
  RDMA/odp: Make the three ways to create a umem_odp clear
  RMDA/odp: Consolidate umem_odp initialization
  RDMA/odp: Make it clearer when a umem is an implicit ODP umem
  RDMA/odp: Iterate over the whole rbtree directly
  RDMA/odp: Use the common interval tree library instead of generic
  RDMA/mlx5: Fix MR npages calculation for IB_ACCESS_HUGETLB

Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 14:10:36 -03:00
Mark Zhang
e6806e9a63 net/mlx5: Create bypass and loopback flow steering namespaces for RDMA RX
Use different namespaces for bypass and switchdev loopback because they
have different priorities and default table miss action requirement:
1. bypass: with multiple priorities support, and
   MLX5_FLOW_TABLE_MISS_ACTION_DEF as the default table miss action;
2. switchdev loopback: with single priority support, and
   MLX5_FLOW_TABLE_MISS_ACTION_SWITCH_DOMAIN as the default table miss
   action.

Signed-off-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 16:57:17 +03:00
Mark Zhang
f66ad830b1 net/mlx5: Add per-namespace flow table default miss action support
Currently all the namespaces under the same steering domain share the same
default table miss action, however in some situations (e.g., RDMA RX)
different actions are required. This patch adds a per-namespace default
table miss action instead of using the miss action of the steering domain.

Signed-off-by: Mark Zhang <markz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
2019-08-21 16:57:00 +03:00
Masahiro Yamada
cbdf59ad65 treewide: remove dummy Makefiles for single targets
Now that the single target build descends into sub-directories in the
same way as the normal build, these dummy Makefiles are not needed
any more.

Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
2019-08-21 21:05:21 +09:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
2a38075cd0 nl80211: Add support for EDMG channels
802.11ay specification defines Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit
(EDMG) STA and AP which allow channel bonding of 2 channels and more.

Introduce new NL attributes that are needed for enabling and
configuring EDMG support.

Two new attributes are used by kernel to publish driver's EDMG
capabilities to the userspace:
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS - bitmap field that indicates the 2.16
GHz channel(s) that are supported by the driver.
When this attribute is not set it means driver does not support EDMG.
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG - represent the channel bandwidth
configurations supported by the driver.

Additional two new attributes are used by the userspace for connect
command and for AP configuration:
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG

New rate info flag - RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG, can be reported from driver
and used for bitrate calculation that will take into account EDMG
according to the 802.11ay specification.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1566138918-3823-2-git-send-email-ailizaro@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-08-21 11:07:35 +02:00
David S. Miller
8c40f3b212 mlx5-updates-2019-08-15
This patchset introduces changes in mlx5 devlink health reporters.
 The highlight of these changes is adding a new reporter: RX reporter
 
 mlx5 RX reporter: reports and recovers from timeouts and RX completion
 error.
 
 1) Perform TX reporter cleanup. In order to maintain the
 code flow as similar as possible between RX and TX reporters, start the
 set with cleanup.
 
 2) Prepare for code sharing, generalize and move shared
 functionality.
 
 3) Refactor and extend TX reporter diagnostics information
 to align the TX reporter diagnostics output with the RX reporter's
 diagnostics output.
 
 4) Add helper functions Patch 11: Add RX reporter, initially
 supports only the diagnostics call back.
 
 5) Change ICOSQ (Internal Operations Send Queue) open/close flow to
 avoid race between interface down and completion error recovery.
 
 6) Introduce recovery flows for RX ring population timeout on ICOSQ,
 and for completion errors on ICOSQ and on RQ (Regular receive queues).
 
 7) Include RX reporters in mlx5 documentation.
 
 8) Last two patches of this series, are trivial fixes for previously
 submitted patches on this release cycle.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl1cUzMACgkQSD+KveBX
 +j7BCQgAvD7ETAE8Ma4e1SPQ0og5JXyzGd45/xM6k4cixcrYle0+tmT0M4zfY9jx
 AwdNiOsHfR/zX9B4h8ZQnpcmIReiUV/N/EbhmvXoOm+iLDdSWcHSnN+KoZpCHzZW
 tiqp6BpWIEHSUN6hq0zXbt8N9ZO9nh7y524jYCFVsmlanjwixPv7lFb8bmQ5wVJp
 Xwe8tS6ObQ5zF9nKsS0WvDg4pJ+MAdETjtdNND0H+D2TelqXtSCGsqtIFJQwzuU/
 v95UEDDILilJA0nAIXN+Uxz/SGZFDq4gDUQAbRgF7Cd6PW52ha9SYJtUBXOTKNLT
 eDICgUBB2pBBNJZcpthJGfaIElMBLw==
 =0cYb
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-08-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux

Saeed Mahameed says:

====================
mlx5-updates-2019-08-15

This patchset introduces changes in mlx5 devlink health reporters.
The highlight of these changes is adding a new reporter: RX reporter

mlx5 RX reporter: reports and recovers from timeouts and RX completion
error.

1) Perform TX reporter cleanup. In order to maintain the
code flow as similar as possible between RX and TX reporters, start the
set with cleanup.

2) Prepare for code sharing, generalize and move shared
functionality.

3) Refactor and extend TX reporter diagnostics information
to align the TX reporter diagnostics output with the RX reporter's
diagnostics output.

4) Add helper functions Patch 11: Add RX reporter, initially
supports only the diagnostics call back.

5) Change ICOSQ (Internal Operations Send Queue) open/close flow to
avoid race between interface down and completion error recovery.

6) Introduce recovery flows for RX ring population timeout on ICOSQ,
and for completion errors on ICOSQ and on RQ (Regular receive queues).

7) Include RX reporters in mlx5 documentation.

8) Last two patches of this series, are trivial fixes for previously
submitted patches on this release cycle.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-20 22:59:45 -07:00
David S. Miller
ac2eb56e75 Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2019-08-20

This series contains updates to ice driver only.

Brett fixes the detection of a hung transmit ring by checking the
software based tail (next_to_use) to determine if there is pending work.
Updates the driver to assume that using more than one receive queue per
receive ring container is a rare case, so use unlikely() in the case
were we actually need to divide our budget for multiple queues.  Fixed
an issue where the write back on ITR bit was not being set when
interrupts are disabled, which was causing only write backs when polling
only when a cache line is filled.  Cleans up unnecessary wait times
during VF bring up and reset paths.  Increased the mailbox size for
receive queues that are used to communicate with VFs to accommodate the
large number of VFs that the driver can support.

Akeem restructures the initialization flows for VFs, including how VFs
are configured and resources allocated to improve flows so that when we
clean up resources, we do not try to free resources that were never
allocated.  Organizes code to ensure that VF specific code is located in
the SR-IOV specific file.

Paul fixes an issue when setting the pause parameter which was
incorrectly blocking users from changing receive or transmit pause
settings.  Ensure register access for MSIX vector index is only done in
the PF space and not absolute device space.

Usha fixes a potential kernel hang in the DCB rebuild path when in CEE
mode, where the ETS recommended DCB configuration is not being set or
set correctly.

Mitch updates the driver to process all receive descriptors, regardless
of the size of the associated data.

Tony fixes and issue during the reset/rebuild path of a PF VSI where we
were assuming that the PF VSI was always to be enabled, which can
attempt to bring up a PF VSI on a downed interface which can lead to
various crashes.

Pawel fixes up variable definitions to match the type of data being
stored.

v2: Dropped patch 1 of the series to add ethtool support to query/add
    channels on a VSI, while we re-qork the functionality to match the
    ethtool expected behavior to report combined (Tx and Rx) numbers.
v3: Updated patch 4 to use kzalloc() and kfree() instead devm_kzalloc()
    and devm_kfree().
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-20 17:02:44 -07:00
Brett Creeley
be6f7ef69c ice: improve print for VF's when adding/deleting MAC filters
When we fail to add/delete MAC filters in the VF, the print doesn't
distinguish between the two. Fix that by printing whether or not we
failed to add/delete the MAC filter respectively.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:44:03 -07:00
Pawel Kaminski
cbfe31b5d7 ice: Change type for queue counts
These queue variables are being assigned values that are type u16.
Change the local variables to match these types. Since these
represent queue counts, they should never be negative.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kaminski <pawel.kaminski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:42:35 -07:00
Akeem G Abodunrin
c275684b92 ice: Move VF resources definition to SR-IOV specific file
In order to use some of the VF resources definition in the SR-IOV specific
virtchnl header file, this patch moves applicable code to
ice_virtchnl_pf.h file accordingly... and they should have been defined in
the destination file originally.

Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:40:46 -07:00
Brett Creeley
11836214d5 ice: Increase size of Mailbox receive queue for many VFs
Currently we use the ICE_MBXQ_LEN for both the Mailbox send and receive
queues that are used to communicate with VFs. This is fine for the send
queue because the PF driver will lock the queue for every single send,
but for the Mailbox receive queue every VF is posting to its Mailbox
send queue and the hardware is then handing the message to the PF on its
Mailbox receive queue. This becomes a problem with many VFs because it
seems to overburden the Mailbox receive queue on the PF. Fix this by
increasing the Mailbox receive queue for the PF to 512 entries.

The number 512 was determined based on the number of VFs supported by
the device. We can have a total of 256 VFs so in the worst case this
allows the VFs to put 2 messages in the PFs Mailbox receive queue at the
same time.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:37:15 -07:00
Brett Creeley
60d628ea27 ice: Reduce wait times during VF bringup/reset
Currently there are a couple places where the VF is waiting too long when
checking the status of registers. This is causing the AVF driver to
spin for longer than necessary in the __IAVF_STARTUP state. Sometimes
it causes the AVF to go into the __IAVF_COMM_FAILED, which may retrigger
the __IAVF_STARTUP state. Try to reduce the chance of this happening by
removing unnecessary wait times in VF bringup/resets.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:36:00 -07:00
Paul Greenwalt
1337175dec ice: update GLINT_DYN_CTL and GLINT_VECT2FUNC register access
Register access for GLINT_DYN_CTL and GLINT_VECT2FUNC should be within
the PF space and not the absolute device space.

Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:34:36 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
e6c45149b8 ice: Do not always bring up PF VSI in ice_ena_vsi()
During rebuild ice_ena_vsi() is called to recover the VSI state.
This function assumes the PF VSI is always to be enabled, however,
it's possible that during reset/rebuild the interface can be
brought down.  If this occurs, we can attempt to bring up the PF
VSI on a downed interface which can lead to various crashes. If
the interface is not running, do not bring up the associated VSI.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:32:42 -07:00
Mitch Williams
ac6f733a7b ice: allow empty Rx descriptors
In some circumstances, the hardware will hand us a receive descriptor
which has no data attached, but is otherwise valid. The receive code was
improperly ignoring these descriptors, which result in an infinite loop.

To fix this, change the receive code to process all descriptors,
regardless of the size of the associated data. Add checks to the
memory-handling functions to allow for zero size.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:30:37 -07:00
Usha Ketineni
7829570e28 ice: Fix kernel hang with DCB reset in CEE mode
This patch fixes the set local MIB AQ call failures in the DCB rebuild path
by setting the defaults for the ETS recommended DCB configuration. Also,
willing bits for the DCB configuration needs to be set correctly. Resets
works fine in IEEE mode as the ETS recommended DCB configuration is
populated but not in CEE mode.
Without this patch, PFR causes the kernel hang in CEE mode.

Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:29:22 -07:00
Brett Creeley
2ab28bb04c ice: Set WB_ON_ITR when we don't re-enable interrupts
Currently when busy polling is enabled we aren't setting/enabling
WB_ON_ITR in the driver. This doesn't break the driver, but it does
cause issues. If we don't enable WB_ON_ITR mode we will still get
write-backs from hardware during polling when a cache line has been
filled, but if a cache line is not filled we will not get the
write-back because WB_ON_ITR is not set. Fix this by enabling
WB_ON_ITR in the driver when interrupts are disabled.

Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 14:21:21 -07:00
David S. Miller
f588af848b linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190820
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEmvEkXzgOfc881GuFWsYho5HknSAFAl1b6WITHG1rbEBwZW5n
 dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRBaxiGjkeSdIEceB/47kBVi8VF+vHUqEwKYhYObYQBVjoMi
 8Jvzy9Swu6G0isVFVGnSQHI5QZ3rGDtho7FkwjPTjtu4nEY3VgkrBIbUbJItNXDt
 9K7YgIA3Z6t7zAe+bnBSQGDpnbbvdySJ/TyNESu/A3snRKl5IY9IR3CTW1DBchBY
 aHd8YkYNSB//cgej6PXt0N/UDGrZxHRNOGc46SQeMQ7eSIMLo3UZ66Oo1ejON1bT
 4yjFFmYULC/y4q8hkoKTUD9sdbYBSmDD2be50yEhoa9NHagrQNPzWET3bI64Key9
 sOnuXL0dVfxPzDX9xjWMrFxeiDipLrzINTbw0v/9TVkxpBSr5Nhbebz3
 =pRoe
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190820' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next

Marc Kleine-Budde says:

====================
pull-request: can-next 2019-08-20

this is a pull request for net-next/master consisting of 18 patches.

The first patch is by Geert Uytterhoeven, it removes the unused platform
data support from the rcar_can driver.

A patch by Nishka Dasgupta marks the structure peak_pciec_i2c_bit_ops in
the peak_pci driver as constant.

A patch by me removes the custom DMA support from the hi311x driver.

The next 4 patches target the tcan4x5x driver and are also by me, they
first clean up the driver a bit, and then add missing error handling and
fix a bug in the length calculation in the regmap callbacks.

The next 2 patches are by me for the m_can_platform driver, they also
remove unneeded casts and add missing error handling.

The remaining 9 patches all target the mcp251x driver. The first 5 are
clean up patches by me, the next relaxes the timing in the
mcp251x_hw_reset() function. Alexander Shiyan's patch improves the name
which is used while registering the interrupt handler. Phil Elwell's
patch improves the mcp251x_open() function to use the DT-supplied
interrupt flags instead of hard coding them. The final patch is again by
me, it removes the custom DMA support from the hi311x driver.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-20 14:01:56 -07:00
Paul Greenwalt
f1a4a66d23 ice: fix set pause param autoneg check
When ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS is defined get pause param pause->autoneg
reports SW configured setting, however when not defined get pause param
pause->autoneg reports the link status. Set pause param needs to compare
pause->autoneg with the same source as get pause param to block the user
from changing autoneg with the set pause param option, or the user
may be incorrectly blocked from changing Rx|Tx pause settings.

Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2019-08-20 13:55:28 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
866ff8f223 net/mlx5: Improve functions documentation
Fix documentation of mlx5_eq_enable/disable to cleanup compiler warnings.

drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core//eq.c:334:
warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'mlx5_eq_enable'
warning: Function parameter or member 'eq' not described in 'mlx5_eq_enable'
warning: Function parameter or member 'nb' not described in 'mlx5_eq_enable'

drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core//eq.c:355:
warning: Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'mlx5_eq_disable'
warning: Function parameter or member 'eq' not described in 'mlx5_eq_disable'
warning: Function parameter or member 'nb' not described in 'mlx5_eq_disable'

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:53:58 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
eed6f7dc28 net/mlx5: Add missing include file to lib/crypto.c
Add missing include file to avoid compiler warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core//lib/crypto.c:6:5:
warning: no previous prototype for ‘mlx5_create_encryption_key’
    6 | int mlx5_create_encryption_key(struct mlx5_core_dev *mdev,
      |     ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core//lib/crypto.c:60:6:
 warning: no previous prototype for ‘mlx5_destroy_encryption_key’
   60 | void mlx5_destroy_encryption_key(struct mlx5_core_dev *mdev, ...

Fixes: 45d3b55dc6 ("net/mlx5: Add crypto library to support create/destroy encryption key")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:53:58 -07:00
YueHaibing
d9bd6d2792 netdevsim: Fix build error without CONFIG_INET
If CONFIG_INET is not set, building fails:

drivers/net/netdevsim/dev.o: In function `nsim_dev_trap_report_work':
dev.c:(.text+0x67b): undefined reference to `ip_send_check'

Use ip_fast_csum instead of ip_send_check to avoid
dependencies on CONFIG_INET.

Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: da58f90f11 ("netdevsim: Add devlink-trap support")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-20 13:46:32 -07:00
Gavi Teitz
b1b9f97a09 net/mlx5: Fix the order of fc_stats cleanup
Previously, mlx5_cleanup_fc_stats() would cleanup the flow counter
pool beofre releasing all the counters to it, which would result in
flow counter bulks not getting freed. Resolve this by changing the
order in which elements of fc_stats are cleaned up, so that the flow
counter pool is cleaned up after all the counters are released.

Also move cleanup actions for freeing the bulk query memory and
destroying the idr to the end of mlx5_cleanup_fc_stats().

Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:19 -07:00
Vlad Buslov
3c140dd54f net/mlx5e: Fix deallocation of non-fully init encap entries
Recent rtnl lock dependency refactoring changed encap entry attach code to
insert encap entry to hash table before it was fully initialized in order
to allow concurrent tc users to wait on completion for encap entry to
finish initialization. That change required all the users of encap entry to
obtain reference to it first and for caller that creates encap to put
reference to it on error, instead of freeing the entry memory directly.
However, releasing reference to such encap entry that wasn't fully
initialized causes NULL pointer dereference in
mlx5e_rep_encap_entry_detach() which expects e->out_dev to be set and encap
to be attached to nhe:

[ 1092.454517] BUG: unable to handle page fault for address: 00000000000420e8
[ 1092.454571] #PF: supervisor read access in kernel mode
[ 1092.454602] #PF: error_code(0x0000) - not-present page
[ 1092.454632] PGD 800000083032c067 P4D 800000083032c067 PUD 84107d067 PMD 0
[ 1092.454673] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP PTI
[ 1092.454697] CPU: 20 PID: 22393 Comm: tc Not tainted 5.3.0-rc3+ #589
[ 1092.454733] Hardware name: Supermicro SYS-2028TP-DECR/X10DRT-P, BIOS 2.0b 03/30/2017
[ 1092.454806] RIP: 0010:mlx5e_rep_encap_entry_detach+0x1c/0x630 [mlx5_core]
[ 1092.454845] Code: be f4 ff ff ff e9 11 ff ff ff 0f 1f 40 00 0f 1f 44 00 00 55 48 89 e5 41 57 41 56 41 55 41 54 49 89 fc 53 48 89 f3 48 83 ec 30 <48> 8b 87 28 16 04 00 48 89 f7 48 05 d0 03 00 00 48 89
 45 c8 e8 cb
[ 1092.454942] RSP: 0018:ffffb6f08421f5a0 EFLAGS: 00010286
[ 1092.454974] RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff8ab668644e00 RCX: ffffb6f08421f56c
[ 1092.455013] RDX: ffff8ab668644e40 RSI: ffff8ab668644e00 RDI: 0000000000000ac0
[ 1092.455053] RBP: ffffb6f08421f5f8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
[ 1092.455092] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 0000000000000ac0
[ 1092.455131] R13: 00000000ffffff9b R14: ffff8ab63f200ac0 R15: ffff8ab668644e40
[ 1092.455171] FS:  00007fa195bdc480(0000) GS:ffff8ab66fa00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 1092.455216] CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 1092.455249] CR2: 00000000000420e8 CR3: 0000000867522001 CR4: 00000000001606e0
[ 1092.455288] Call Trace:
[ 1092.455315]  ? __mutex_unlock_slowpath+0x4d/0x2a0
[ 1092.455365]  mlx5e_encap_dealloc.isra.0+0x31/0x60 [mlx5_core]
[ 1092.455424]  mlx5e_tc_add_fdb_flow+0x596/0x750 [mlx5_core]
[ 1092.455484]  __mlx5e_add_fdb_flow+0x152/0x210 [mlx5_core]
[ 1092.455534]  mlx5e_configure_flower+0x4d5/0xe30 [mlx5_core]
[ 1092.455574]  tc_setup_cb_call+0x67/0xb0
[ 1092.455601]  fl_hw_replace_filter+0x142/0x300 [cls_flower]
[ 1092.455639]  fl_change+0xd24/0x1bdb [cls_flower]
[ 1092.455675]  tc_new_tfilter+0x3e0/0x970
[ 1092.455709]  ? tc_del_tfilter+0x720/0x720
[ 1092.455735]  rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x389/0x4b0
[ 1092.455763]  ? netlink_deliver_tap+0x95/0x400
[ 1092.455791]  ? rtnl_dellink+0x2d0/0x2d0
[ 1092.455817]  netlink_rcv_skb+0x49/0x110
[ 1092.455844]  netlink_unicast+0x171/0x200
[ 1092.455872]  netlink_sendmsg+0x224/0x3f0
[ 1092.455901]  sock_sendmsg+0x5e/0x60
[ 1092.455924]  ___sys_sendmsg+0x2ae/0x330
[ 1092.455950]  ? task_work_add+0x43/0x50
[ 1092.455976]  ? fput_many+0x45/0x80
[ 1092.456004]  ? __lock_acquire+0x248/0x18e0
[ 1092.456033]  ? find_held_lock+0x2b/0x80
[ 1092.456058]  ? task_work_run+0x7b/0xd0
[ 1092.456085]  __sys_sendmsg+0x59/0xa0
[ 1092.457013]  do_syscall_64+0x5c/0xb0
[ 1092.457924]  entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[ 1092.458842] RIP: 0033:0x7fa195da27b8
[ 1092.459918] Code: 89 02 48 c7 c0 ff ff ff ff eb bb 0f 1f 80 00 00 00 00 f3 0f 1e fa 48 8d 05 65 8f 0c 00 8b 00 85 c0 75 17 b8 2e 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 58 c3 0f 1f 80 00 00 00 00 48 83
 ec 28 89 54
[ 1092.462634] RSP: 002b:00007fff94409298 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000002e
[ 1092.464011] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 000000005d515b0e RCX: 00007fa195da27b8
[ 1092.465391] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00007fff94409300 RDI: 0000000000000003
[ 1092.466761] RBP: 0000000000000000 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000006
[ 1092.468121] R10: 0000000000404ec2 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000000000001
[ 1092.469456] R13: 0000000000480640 R14: 0000000000000016 R15: 0000000000000001
[ 1092.470766] Modules linked in: act_mirred act_tunnel_key cls_flower dummy vxlan ip6_udp_tunnel udp_tunnel sch_ingress nfsv3 nfs_acl nfs lockd grace fscache tun bridge stp llc sunrpc rdma_ucm rdma_cm
iw_cm ib_cm mlx5_ib ib_uverbs ib_core intel_rapl_msr intel_rapl_common sb_edac x86_pkg_temp_thermal intel_powerclamp coretemp mlx5_core kvm_intel kvm irqbypass crct10dif_pclmul mei_me crc32_pclmul crc32
c_intel igb iTCO_wdt ghash_clmulni_intel ses mlxfw intel_cstate iTCO_vendor_support ptp intel_uncore lpc_ich pps_core mei i2c_i801 joydev intel_rapl_perf ioatdma enclosure ipmi_ssif pcspkr dca wmi ipmi_
si ipmi_devintf ipmi_msghandler acpi_pad acpi_power_meter ast i2c_algo_bit drm_vram_helper ttm drm_kms_helper drm mpt3sas raid_class scsi_transport_sas
[ 1092.479618] CR2: 00000000000420e8
[ 1092.481214] ---[ end trace ce2e0f4d9a67f604 ]---

To fix the issue, set e->compl_result to positive value after encap was
initialized successfully. Check e->compl_result value in
mlx5e_encap_dealloc() and only detach and dealloc encap if the value is
positive.

Fixes: d589e785ba ("net/mlx5e: Allow concurrent creation of encap entries")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:18 -07:00
Aya Levin
8276ea1353 net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE with error on RQ
Add support for report and recovery from error on completion on RQ by
setting the queue back to ready state. Handle only errors with a
syndrome indicating the RQ might enter error state and could be
recovered.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:18 -07:00
Saeed Mahameed
0a35ab3e13 net/mlx5e: RX, Handle CQE with error at the earliest stage
Just to be aligned with the MPWQE handlers, handle RX WQE with error
for legacy RQs in the top RX handlers, just before calling skb_from_cqe().

CQE error handling will now be called at the same stage regardless of
the RQ type or netdev mode NIC, Representor, IPoIB, etc ..

This will be useful for down stream patch to improve error CQE
handling.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:18 -07:00
Aya Levin
32c57fb268 net/mlx5e: Report and recover from rx timeout
Add support for report and recovery from rx timeout. On driver open we
post NOP work request on the rx channels to trigger napi in order to
fillup the rx rings. In case napi wasn't scheduled due to a lost
interrupt, perform EQ recovery.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:17 -07:00
Aya Levin
be5323c837 net/mlx5e: Report and recover from CQE error on ICOSQ
Add support for report and recovery from error on completion on ICOSQ.
Deactivate RQ and flush, then deactivate ICOSQ. Set the queue back to
ready state (firmware) and reset the ICOSQ and the RQ (software
resources). Finally, activate the ICOSQ and the RQ.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:17 -07:00
Aya Levin
9d18b5144a net/mlx5e: Split open/close ICOSQ into stages
Align ICOSQ open/close behaviour with RQ and SQ. Split open flow into
open and activate where open handles creation and activate enables the
queue. Do a symmetric thing in close flow: split into close and
deactivate.

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:17 -07:00
Aya Levin
9032e7192e net/mlx5e: Add support to rx reporter diagnose
Add rx reporter, which supports diagnose call-back. Diagnostics output
include: information common to all RQs: RQ type, RQ size, RQ stride
size, CQ size and CQ stride size. In addition advertise information per
RQ and its related icosq and attached CQ.

$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx
 Common config:
   RQ:
     type: 2 stride size: 2048 size: 8
   CQ:
     stride size: 64 size: 1024
 RQs:
   channel ix: 0 rqn: 4308 HW state: 1 SW state: 3 posted WQEs: 7 cc: 7 ICOSQ HW state: 1
   CQ:
     cqn: 1032 HW status: 0
   channel ix: 1 rqn: 4313 HW state: 1 SW state: 3 posted WQEs: 7 cc: 7 ICOSQ HW state: 1
   CQ:
     cqn: 1036 HW status: 0
   channel ix: 2 rqn: 4318 HW state: 1 SW state: 3 posted WQEs: 7 cc: 7 ICOSQ HW state: 1
   CQ:
     cqn: 1040 HW status: 0
   channel ix: 3 rqn: 4323 HW state: 1 SW state: 3 posted WQEs: 7 cc: 7 ICOSQ HW state: 1
   CQ:
     cqn: 1044 HW status: 0

$ devlink health diagnose pci/0000:00:0b.0 reporter rx -jp
{
    "Common config": {
        "RQ": {
            "type": 2,
            "stride size": 2048,
            "size": 8
        },
        "CQ": {
            "stride size": 64,
            "size": 1024
        }
    },
    "RQs": [ {
            "channel ix": 0,
            "rqn": 4308,
            "HW state": 1,
            "SW state": 3,
            "posted WQEs": 7,
            "cc": 7,
            "ICOSQ HW state": 1,
            "CQ": {
                "cqn": 1032,
                "HW status": 0
            }
        },{
            "channel ix": 1,
            "rqn": 4313,
            "HW state": 1,
            "SW state": 3,
            "posted WQEs": 7,
            "cc": 7,
            "ICOSQ HW state": 1,
            "CQ": {
                "cqn": 1036,
                "HW status": 0
            }
        },{
            "channel ix": 2,
            "rqn": 4318,
            "HW state": 1,
            "SW state": 3,
            "posted WQEs": 7,
            "cc": 7,
            "ICOSQ HW state": 1,
            "CQ": {
                "cqn": 1040,
                "HW status": 0
            }
        },{
            "channel ix": 3,
            "rqn": 4323,
            "HW state": 1,
            "SW state": 3,
            "posted WQEs": 7,
            "cc": 7,
            "ICOSQ HW state": 1,
            "CQ": {
                "cqn": 1044,
                "HW status": 0
            }
        } ]
}

Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
2019-08-20 13:08:17 -07:00